ip based soft switch pabx for 12e1+ 20 co … xi requirements of end and ancillary items 39-42 12....
TRANSCRIPT
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12E1+ 20CO LINE+12 GSM
GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30
CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR SAVAR
CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-48
14. Circuit Diagram 49
15. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
16. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
17. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-77
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 78
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 79
25. Annex-J Generator Specification 80-83
26. Annex-H Power Calculation
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 12x E1+ 20xCO Line+12 GSM Gateway+2000Subscriber Line Expandable up to16 E1 +30 CO Line +16 GSM Gateway +3000 Subscriber Line for SavarCantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at SavarCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate of Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,
Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not
before the year of signing the contract) model of production. 2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of
subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication
Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through
E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection.
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 12 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 1500
IP Subscriber Line - 500
GSM Gateway - 12
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:
E1 Trunk - 16 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 30
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 1500
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
IP Subscriber Line - 1500
GSM Gateway - 16
IP Trunk (SIP) - 200
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 750 Analog + 200 IP Tel expandable to 750 Analogue + 750 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue +250 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for
only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.`
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11 Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2 Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
external calls
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
4.4.34
Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45.1 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.45.2 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.46 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.47 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.48 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
4.4.49 Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x, 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different
manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.
Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR (connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss –SecretaryFacilities to be provided. Other facilities/features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System. Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware.The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change. The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway. 2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge mode.
Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC side)
of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site. FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the
IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the
back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at SavarCantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at Savarall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. Army Static Signal Battalion, SavarCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB personnel in subsequent re‐installation,
re‐location of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSBpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice Army Static Signal Battalion, Savarpersonnel to properly maintain O&M
& CDR data bases and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party, will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, Army Static Signal Battalionwillprovide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ASSB of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/ ASSB personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 SBC
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones(propritery)
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
A.13 Media Gateway
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12 E1+20 CO LINE+12 GSM GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30 CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 9 Infantry Division,SAVARCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
(750 Analog + 200 IP Tel expandable to 750 Analogue + 750 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
24. Inverter N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel) 1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any)
To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue +250 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier N+1
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(250 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable up to 250 Analogue + 250 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
3.
FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
4.
Necessary Software To be
mentioned
5. Rectifier N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)
Capacity: 150 AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
7. Inverter N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules( Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
E. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Qty: 1500 Nos
(Price to be quoted
as optional)
2. Executive IP Phones, Qty: 90 Nos
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
90Nos
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
3. High Executive IP Phones(propritery)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
10 Nos
F. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos
(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets
(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 12 E1+20 CO LINE+12 GSM GATEWAY+2000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 16 E1 +30 CO LINE +16 GSM GATEWAY +3000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR9 INFANTRY DIVISION,SAVAR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width & Height
(canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight (Canopied)
without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight (Canopied)
with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per
day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12
hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable
load in the event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate
in the open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be
able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,
doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-
MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.
Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of
generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
mentioned.
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against
over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over
temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding
80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW)
with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour at
full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
81 RESTRICTED
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,
RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible
by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
RESTRICTED
82 RESTRICTED
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8 X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM
GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20
CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR
RANGPUR CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-48
14. Circuit Diagram 49
15. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
16. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
17. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
18. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
19. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
20. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
21. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
22. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
23. Annex-E BOQ 68-77
24. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 78
25. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 79
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 80-83
27. Annex-H Power calculation
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I
INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8 x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+1000Subscriber
Line Expandable upto12 E1 +20 CO Line +12 GSM Gateway +1500 Subscriber Line for Rangpur
Cantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at RangpurCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.
2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.
2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his
authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.
2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.
2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of
subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication
Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.
2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700
IP Subscriber Line - 300
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:
E1 Trunk - 12 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
IP Subscriber Line - 800
GSM Gateway - 12
IP Trunk (SIP) - 200
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 300 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 400 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue + 150 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue +150 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for
only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.11
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2 Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
external calls
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different
manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.
Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
Remote management through LN/WAN).
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves
within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR (connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and
must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the
Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss –SecreritaryFaciluities to be provided. Other facilities/features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or
equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs = 120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway. 2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site. FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
delivered locally. b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the
IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the
back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at RangpurCantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at Rangpurall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpurpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and
Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 Media Gateway
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, RANGPURCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
(300 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 400 IP Tel)
IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier : N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue + 150 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any)
To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(150 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 150 Analogue +150 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3.
FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Necessary Software To be mentioned
5. Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7. Inverter: N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
E. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country
of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
700 Nos
Price to be quoted
as optional
2. Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
90Nos
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
3. High Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
10 Nos
F. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos
(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos
(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 12 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, RANGPUR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width & Height
(canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight (Canopied)
without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight (Canopied)
with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per
day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12
hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable
load in the event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate
in the open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be
able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,
doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-
MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of
generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be
mentioned.
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against
over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over
temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding
80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW)
with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour at
full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
81 RESTRICTED
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW, RPM,
pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible by the
RESTRICTED
82 RESTRICTED
operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8 X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM
GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 08 X E1 +20
CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR BMA,
CHITTAGONG CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49
14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80
25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8 x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+1000Subscriber
Line Expandable upto08 x E1 +20 CO Line +12 GSM Gateway +1500 Subscriber Line for BMA,
Chittagong Cantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at BMA, ChittagongCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,
Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required
facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his
authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.
2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.
2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of
subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through
E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 03 other branch locations (block B, C & D) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13.
2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700
IP Subscriber Line - 300
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 700
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
IP Subscriber Line - 800
GSM Gateway - 12
IP Trunk (SIP) - 200
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 400 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 400 Analogue + 500 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel ONU at Block D - 100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for
only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2
Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
external calls
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
To protect supplier soft switch against malicious attacks the bidder shall provide
separate/inbuilt SBC (Session Border Controller) with the soft switch. SBC maximum
capacity will be 100 SIP sessions.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 250 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR
(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management
faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller
shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System .Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System. Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway.
2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.
FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the IP
soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the back-up power
system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
A. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line: (1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
A. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
A. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: A. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service and PAT have been completed.
A. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. A. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. A. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub
clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: A. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of service
after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at BMA, Chittagong
Cantonment, within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at BMA, Chittagong Cantonment all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, ChittagongCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC Chittagong, BMA personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data
bases and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules.
b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time
period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and
Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design
changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC).
f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required
for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC).
g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of
spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault.
b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
d. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract.
e. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.9 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault.
cIf the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. c. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. d. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. e. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right
to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares &
accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 a. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a.Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
A. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg
and Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its’ compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its’ compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its’ compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document. b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document.
b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false
or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder’s document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer’s Name
Manufacturer’s Address, Fax & Website
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 SBC
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
A.13 Media Gateway
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 24 INFANTRY DIVISION, BMA, CHITTAGONGCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
( 400 Analog + 150 IP Tel expandable to 400 Analogue + 500 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -100 Channel Expandable 200 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (250 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned as
optional
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier :N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any)
Embedded
5.
Rectifier : N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier : N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter: N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. ONU at Block D area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(100 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3.
FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Necessary Software To be mentioned
5. Rectifier N+1
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6. Battery (12V cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance Free)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7. Inverter: N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules( Surge Protector- Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
E. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
700 Nos
Price to be quoted
as optional
2. Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
90Nos
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
3. High Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
10 Nos
F. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos
(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +12 GSM GATEWAY +1500 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 24 INFANTRY DIVISION, BMA, CHITTAGONG CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/
Marker
To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer
and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width &
Height (canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight
(Canopied) without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight
(Canopied) with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at
prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours
operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the
event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in the
open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able
to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.
Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green
(British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required
number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it
can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over
voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of
Cylinders
To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding 80%
of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in every 12
hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston
Displacement
To be mentioned
(l) Compression
Ratio
To be mentioned
(m) Output power
(KW) with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour
at full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by engine
driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
81 RESTRICTED
(v) Fuel Tank
Capacity
To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,
RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible
by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
RESTRICTED
82 RESTRICTED
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+8 GSM
GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO
LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR SAIDPUR
CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49
14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80
25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber
Line Expandable upto8 E1 +20 CO Line +8 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Saidpur
Cantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation.
(b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at SaidpurCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.
2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in para 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.
2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.
2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication
Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through
E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B & C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300
IP Subscriber Line - 200
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 50
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:
E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
IP Subscriber Line - 500
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B &C)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2
Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
external calls
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
To protect supplier soft switch against malicious attacks the bidder shall provide
separate/inbuilt SBC (Session Border Controller) with the soft switch. SBC maximum
capacity will be 100 SIP sessions.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR
(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management
faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller
shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System .Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or
equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change. The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway.
2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.
FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8. The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the
IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the
back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Saidpur Cantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at Saidpur all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpur personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases
and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCof all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Fax & Website
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 Media Gateway
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, SAIDPUR CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel)
IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100; Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned as
optional
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier :N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned.
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier : N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Qty: 300
Nos
(Price to be
quoted as
optional)
2. Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
, Qty : 45
Nos.
3. High Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
05Nos
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
E. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment (General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos
(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos
(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos
(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets
(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, SAIDPUR CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/
Marker
To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer
and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width &
Height (canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight
(Canopied) without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight
(Canopied) with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at
prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours
operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the
event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in
the open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able
to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.
Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green
(British Colour Code no BS381 223)
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
Ser Gen Description Spec
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required
number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it
can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over
voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency
To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding
80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW)
with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour at
full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
81 RESTRICTED
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,
RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible
by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM
Gateway+500 Subscriber Line Expandable upto 8 E1 +20 CO Line +8
GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Rajshahi Cantonment
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49
14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80
25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+8 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber Line
Expandable upto8 E1 +20 CO Line +8 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for Rajshahi Cantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at RajshahiCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.
2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.
2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly:Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not
before the year of signing the contract) model of production. 2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of
subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication
Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.
2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B & C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300
IP Subscriber Line - 200
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 50
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be:
E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500
IP Subscriber Line - 500
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B& C)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2
Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5 Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
external calls
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.49 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different
manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.
Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR
(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management
faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller
shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature)
of the IP Soft switch SystemModern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or
equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway.
2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.
FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may
be delivered locally.[
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the IP
soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the back-up power
system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Rajshahi Cantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at RajshahiCantonmentall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, BograCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Bograpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and
Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Web site & Fax
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 SBC
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
A.13 Media Gateway
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, RAJSHAHI CANTONMENTCANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel)
IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier: N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
23. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
24. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
27. Power Generator Capacity: 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
28 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
29. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any) Embedded
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier: N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
300 Nos
Price to be
quoted as
optional
2. Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
45Nos
3. High Executive IP Phones,
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
05Nos
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
E. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos
(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos
(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos
(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets
(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, RAJSHAHI CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width &
Height (canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight
(Canopied) without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight
(Canopied) with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per day at
prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12 hours
operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable load in the
event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate in the
open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be able
to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers, doors.
Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-MB Green
(British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle. Required
number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of generator so that it
can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be mentioned.
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against over
voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding
80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW)
with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour at
full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,
RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible
by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
RESTRICTED
81 RESTRICTED
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+08 GSM
GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 X E1
+20 CO LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR
QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49
14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80
25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+08 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber
Line Expandable upto08E1 +20 CO Line +08 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for
QuadirabadCantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at QuadirabadCantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate of Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned. 2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned. 2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan,
Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his
authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises.
2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not before the year of signing the contract) model of production.
2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of
subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities
for analogue, IP and Soft phones. 2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on
PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through
E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks. 2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B& C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300
IP Subscriber Line - 200
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 50
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be :
E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500
IP Subscriber Line - 500
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at
main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for
only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2
Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
external calls
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different
manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.
Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR
(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management
faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller
shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation 11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switch System . Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or
equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway.
2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.
FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be delivered locally.
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13.8 The calculation and complete power back-up system including Generator for the
IP soft switch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official pad that, the
back-up power system is fully compatible with their offered solution.
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at Quadirabad Cantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at Quadirabad all through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, BograCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Bograpersonnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases and
Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rmk
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Website & Fax
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Sopftswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 Media Gateway
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1800 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
( 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier: N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentrioned
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any)
Embedded
5.
Rectifier:N+1 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup) Capacity: 150AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list),
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
( 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
7.
Inverter :N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
D. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
Qty-300 Nos
(Price to be
quoted as
optional)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
2. Executive IP Phones
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
45 Nos
3. High Executive IP Phones(proprietary)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
05Nos
E. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 11 INFANTRY DIVISION, QUADIRABAD CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width & Height
(canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight (Canopied)
without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight (Canopied) with
Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation
per day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available
at variable load in the event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to
operate in the open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and
should be able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having
lockable louvers, doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to
be provided. Colour-MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.
Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of
generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be
mentioned.
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration
mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning
against over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure
over temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of Manufacturer/
Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of Manufacturer
and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not
exceeding 80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted
for 1 hour in every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW) with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if available) To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel Consumption
Liters/ hour at full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours
continuous operations)
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of Manufacturer To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos Ø) Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW,
RPM, pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible
by the operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual in
English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of Catalogue
in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification
but required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and
quote such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the
bidder must provide such items free of cost
RESTRICTED
1 RESTRICTED
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
FOR
IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 8X E1+ 20XCO LINE+08 GSM
GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 08 E1 +20 CO
LINE +08 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR BUSMS
CANTONMENT
ARMY HEADQUARTERS, GENERAL STAFF BRANCH, SIGNALS DIRECTORATE
DHAKA CANTONMENT
RESTRICTED
2 RESTRICTED
INDEX
Serial Chapter Subject Page No
1. Chapter I Instructions for Preparation and Submission of the Technical offer 3-5
2. Chapter II General Overview and scope of works 6-9
3. Chapter III Environmental and Operational Requirements 10-11
4. Chapter IV Requirements of Soft Switch 12-18
5. Chapter V Requirements of Trunk, Interfaces and Gateway 19-20
6. Chapter VI Requirements of Network Equipment 21-24
7. Chapter VII Requirements of Signaling, Protocols and Interfaces 25-27
8. Chapter VIII Requirements of System Functions, Facilities and Supervision 28-33
9. Chapter IX Requirements of Security Features of the System Design 34-35
10. Chapter X Requirements of Operational and Maintenance Facilities 36-38
11. Chapter XI Requirements of End and Ancillary Items 39-42
12. Chapter XII Requirements of Miscellaneous Equipment and Spare Parts 43-44
13. Chapter XIII Requirements of Power, Backup and Interfaces and Earthing 45-49
14. Chapter XIV Requirements of Installation and Testing Service 50-54
15. Chapter XV Requirements of Maintenance Support 55-59
16. Chapter XVI Requirements of Training 60
17. Chapter XVII Criteria for Evaluation of Technical Bid 61-63
18. Annex-A Schedule of Compliance 64
19. Annex-B Equipment Eligibility Certificate 65
20. Annex-C Bond for Expansion 66
21. Annex-D List of Deviation 67
22. Annex-E BOQ 68-78
23. Annex-F Layout Diagram of the System 89
24. Annex-G Bond for Spare Parts 80
25. Annex-H Power Calculation 81-82
26. Annex-J Generator Specification 83-86
RESTRICTED
3 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-I INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION AND SUBMISSION OF THE TECHNICAL OFFER
Project Title: IP Based Soft Switch PABX for 8x E1+ 20xCO Line+08 GSM Gateway+500Subscriber
Line Expandable upto08 E1 +20 CO Line +08 GSM Gateway +1000 Subscriber Line for BUSMS
Cantonment.
1.1 This chapter describes the general terms and condition of the bid in subsequent paras. The
Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms and specifications in the Bidding
Documents. Failure to furnish all information required by the Bidding Documents or submission of a
bid not substantially responsive to the Bidding Documents in every respect will be at the Bidder's risk
and may result in the rejection of its Bid altogether.
1.2 Clauses/ sub clauses mentioned in the technical specification is categorized as Critical, Major
and minor basing on the requirements. Technical evaluation will be done as per detail guidelines
mentioned in Chapter 17 of the technical specification. A bidder earning 40 (Forty) penalty points
will be termed as non-responsive.
1.3 Bidder should submit following documents along with the offer:
a. Schedule of compliance as per Annex A listing every clause of the Tender Documents with the word "agreed" or "not agreed" as appropriate against each clause. The use of any other word shall be considered inadequate and not acceptable and the relevant item(s) shall be considered as containing “noncompliance”. If the bidder agrees to contents of any item or clause of this document, he shall give such agreement (in the compliance schedule) totally unconditionally. If the bidder puts any condition to his agreement/ compliance to any item or clause or sub-clause, such agreement/ compliance shall not be acceptable and the bid shall be considered as having “noncompliance” to that item or clause or sub-clause.The bidder should also mention source (appropriate chapter /page number of his supplied document/brushier) regarding his claim of compliance. Failure to furnish / vague reference/ in adequate explanation will be treated as noncompliance. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
b. Documents Establishing Goods Eligibility and Conformity to Bidding Documents.The
documentary evidence of the goods and services eligibility shall consist of a statement as per
AnnexB. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation c. A component list showing the detail components/ equipment required for the expansion of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM from the initial capacity to the final capacity. It must include individual price list of each item. Prices should be given yearly basis with escalation (if any) of five years. The bidder should also supply a bond as per the Annex-C for future expansion. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
d. Bidder must submit requirements of spare parts as per chapter XII. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
e. Price list of 100% spare parts/ Modules/ Components (Purchaser will have the privilege to ascertain the quantity of final BOQ if any design or requirement changes) has to be offered which will not be considered for financial evaluation. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
f. List of qualified persons/engineers working at his/her local workshop in Bangladesh for the repair and maintenance of the offered model. The bidder must mention his educational qualification along with job experience on similar projects. Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
4 RESTRICTED
g. The bidder, in a separate table, shall provide a list of deviations as per Annex-D (from the specifications, terms & conditions etc. of this tender document) in his technical offer. In case such a list is provided, but during evaluation any additional deviation is noted, all such additional deviations (each of them) shall be treated as at least "Major Deviation”. If the bidder proposed any deviation in his bid, such deviations shall not be binding on DGDP unless they are specifically incorporated in the contract. h. Bidder has to submit BoQ as per format attached as Annex-E. If any other Items required for installation but not mentioned in the BoQ, the bidder must mention that in his offer(BOQ). Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. j. Face Layout of the system showing cabinet and all interface/modules both front and back. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. k. Wire diagram of system within cabinets, inter-cabinets, power system, MDF/ IDF as applicable. Failure to provide or lacking details will be treated as “Major Deviation”. l. Documentary Evidences to Establish Equipment’s Performance. Certificates from at least 3 (three) commercial telecom operators of which at least one operator of overseas country for proving that the Soft Switch is fully functional with users’ satisfaction. The certificates shall be issued by licensed operator(s) of the respective country. In each certificate the following points must be clearly mentioned.
(a) The date of putting the system into commercial operation. (b) The Soft switch is providing seamless services to at least 2000 subscribers. (c) The system is running satisfactorily for at least 2(two) years from the date of putting the system in commercial operation.
Failure to provide will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
m. Documentary Evidence Establishing Bidder’s Experience. The bidder must provide a certificate from the relevant commercial telecom authority which should state that he has successfully installed and commissioned at least 1 (one) IP based soft Switch project on turn‐key basis, outside the country of manufacture of the equipment. Failure to provide such certificate shall be treated as critical deviation. (If the offered Soft Switch and Trunk Gateways are already in operation in Bangladesh Army network, no experience certificate shall be necessary. In such cases, the evaluation committee shall consider the performance record of the offered equipment in Bangladesh Army. The bidder shall take a performance certificate from the Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, Signal Directorate.)
1.4 The bidder shall note that, during submission of the bid, if he does not comply and/or disagree to any or many specification, terms and/or conditions set forth in this document and/or proposes any alternate specification, terms and/or conditions; such non‐compliance and/or disagreement and/or alternate specification, terms and/or conditions shall not be binding uponBDArmyuntil and unless such non‐compliance and/or specification and/or terms and/or conditions have been accepted by BD Army and has been incorporated in writing in the Purchase Contract and/or any other document which has been declared as part of the contract.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
5 RESTRICTED
CHPATER-2
GENERAL OVERVIEW AND SCOPE OF WORK
2.1 This paper describes the scope of provisioning of Soft Switching Multi Service Call Server System at BUSMS Cantonment. The scope of provision shall cover survey, designing & drawing, manufacturing, supplying, installing, testing, commissioning of equipment, materials and related facilities on turnkey basisunder the supervision of a Board of Officer (B of O) formed by Signals Directorate Bangladesh Army.
2.2.1 Brand: To be mentioned.
2.2.2 Model: To be mentioned.
2.2.3 Country of Origin: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea and EU countries expect list of locally allowed items mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.4 Country of Manufacture: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.5 Country of Assembly: Any of the following countries: USA, Canada, Norway, Switzerland, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea , EU, China and Thailand except list of locally allowed items(mentioned in par 2.12 of this chapter. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.6 Port of shipment: From Country of Manufacturer/ country of assemblywith all required
facilities for PSI as mentioned in Ch14.Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
2.2.7 Authority Holding Scaled Particulars (AHSP): Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments, Dhaka Cantonment.
2.2.8 Inspecting Authority: Chief Inspector, Inspectorate of Electronics & Instruments or his authorized representative.
2.2.9 Place of Inspection: Central Ordnance Depot(COD)/at installation site/IE&I premises. 2.3 The offered system must be using ‘state of the art technology’ and should be latest (not
before the year of signing the contract) model of production.
2.4 The switching system must be of soft switch based switching system having all features of subscriber switching and inter working with existingIP, digital and analog telecommunication environment.
2.5 The system must have hot redundancy features with Caller Line Identification (CLI) facilities for analogue, IP and Soft phones.
2.6 The proposed Switching system shall be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/IPTrunk/SIP Trunk or latest signaling in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
2.7 The system should be in compliance with the signaling of Bangladesh Telecommunication
Company Limited (BTCL) and different Mobile Telephone Companies of Bangladesh.
RESTRICTED
6 RESTRICTED
2.8 The whole system will be connected with other Cantonments of Bangladesh Army through E1 , IP Trunks and SIP Trunks.
2.9.1 The soft switch platform will be stationed in four locations of the cantonment: One Central
location (block-A) and 02 other branch locations (block B& C) to be known as Optical Network Units (ONUs). The detail diagram is shown at ANNEX-F.
2.9.2 In central location, two soft switch call servers to be operated at hot standby mode. The
server hardware should have following specification:
a. The offered communication server shall physically consist of Free-Standing19” Rack mountable cabinet(s). That supports voice, unified communications and mobility solutions.
b. Main processor will be minimum Intel Quad Core (64 bit) with 2.4 GHz processor
speed, RAM 8 GB with Operating System Linux/windows. However, higher specification than the previous requirements will be preferable and will be given bonus of four points .Memory on Flash card/HDD RAID. This CPU will be equipped for storing the generic system program and the system database.
c. The offered telephony / communication server system should be compatible with
next-generation network to provide advanced services supporting both pure and full TDM based connection
2.9.3 Media/Access Gateway will be installed at central & and at the ONUs. Core switch will be
placed at central location and Distribution Switch will be placed at Headquarters as well as at each ONU. Details are described in subsequent chapters. For management of the system, Network Management System (NMS) will be placed at server end.
2.9.4 DC/AC Power required for the equipment for the operational requirement of the systems
described above. Details are covered in Chapter 13. 2.10.1 The operational requirement of the system will be as follows:
Initial capacity of the proposed soft switch shall be
E1 Trunk - 8 E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 300
IP Subscriber Line - 200
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 50
2.10.2 Final capacity of the proposed system (including initial capacity) shall be :
E1 Trunk - 8x E1 (30 Channel Each)
CO lines (FXO) - 20
Analogue (FXS) Subscriber Line - 500
IP Subscriber Line - 500
RESTRICTED
7 RESTRICTED
GSM Gateway - 08
IP Trunk (SIP) - 100
2.10.3 The system should support STM-1 to STM-16 standard. The bidder should quote the price for
hardware (ifrequired) and also licensing for 1x STM-1 for initial capacity as optional. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation.
2.10.4 The capacity of the different sites (Headquarters-block A and three different blocks-B, C& D)
are as follows:
The capacity of each ONU shall be: ONU at Block A - 200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel ONU at Block B - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel ONU at Block C - 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100Analogue +100 IP Tel
2.10.5 Above 90% of the trunks will be connected to the main switching system to be located at main Headquarters Area. Remaining 10% trunks must be made available to any node as asked by the purchaser.
2.11 The system shall operate in the telecommunication networks environment of Bangladesh
Army Forces and climatic conditions of Bangladesh. Further the system shall be capable of satisfying future need by only adding the necessary extension cards/ gateways. There should not any change/ addition required for the main soft switch.
2.12 List of Local Items are: a. Desk top PC
b. Monitor
c. Printer
d. ODF
e. Server Rack
f. Battery
g. MDF & IDF
h. Earthing and earthing materials
j. Air Conditioner
k. Cable tester
l. Jumper scraper
m. Cable cutter
n. Lineman tools
p. All types of cable required for installing the PABX.
RESTRICTED
8 RESTRICTED
2.12.1 All items other than the items mentioned above, should be foreign source. However, for only GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter, and generator following exception can be applied: a. The above mentioned items(GSM gateway, rectifier, inverter and Generator) should be from listed countries but supplied in line with the local items. b. During PSI the bidder should show the GSM gateway along with the complete system being powered on.
Any deviation from this, should be considered as “Critical Deviation”. 2.13 Survey, Network Planning & Design Services .As part of its turn‐key responsibility, the
successful bidder shall be responsible to provide all services related to installation survey, planning & design for all equipment/ system covered by this purchase. A report shall be submitted to Army Headquarters, General Staff Branch, and SignalsDirectorate’s Office after completion of that work.
2.14 Documentation
The successful bidder shall supply at least (but not limited to) the following documents before PAT of each site in hard copy and one full set in CD. a. System description
b. Operation and command manual (including on line help menu) with detail explanation of each parameter
c. Alarm dictionary with detail explanation
d. Fault/ Malfunction dictionary with detail explanation.
e. Maintenance manual.
f. Installation drawings for all equipment: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
g. Station AC power wiring diagrams: 2 (two) set in hard copy and soft copy in CD; per site.
h. Detail technical document for NMS.
j. PAT documents for each site
k. Network Diagram onesetper site
l. Earthing diagram, 1 (one) set per site
2.15 Detail Technical Specification of various components of the required system/service are given in subsequent chapters of this document. The bidder shall note that, until and unless a specific work, equipment or service is defined as “Optional”, all the requirements, equipment and services listed in various chapters of this document shall be deemed to be “Mandatory”. If the bidder disagree to provide any or many items of mandatory works, equipment or services, its bid shall automatically become “Non-Responsive” and shall not be evaluated further.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
9 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-III
ENVIRONMENTAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Climatic Condition
Bidder shall bear the full responsibility to ensure that all of the supplied equipment is capable of operating in Bangladesh environment without degradation. All of the supplied equipment must work satisfactorily under the following environmental conditions. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
Temperature Relative humidity
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
Short duration
Working for a
long duration
Working for a
short duration
+5 °C to +40°C 0°C to +40°C 5% to 85% 10% to 95%
3.2
Physical Requirement
All components of all of the equipment shall be of highest possible quality design and fully tropicalized to be used for continuous operation. The metal surface shall either be galvanized or painted by spray or plated with surface treatment. There shall be no sharp edges or projections. All power equipment and cables shall be protected with fuses of proper ratings. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall be clearly marked in English letters for proper recognition. All equipment racks, sub‐racks and slots shall also be provided with proper earthing and shall be protected against any surge and should follow OSTA or any other telecom standard platform (2.2 m Height, 0.6 m width rack). The deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.3
Operating Voltage
The main component of the system( Hybrid IP based MSAN ), Trunk Gateway, Access Gateway must operate satisfactorily on the nominal voltage of ‐48V DC and within a voltage range of ‐40 to ‐57 Volts DC. Deviation from these values shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”..
3.4 Guarantee for Hardware
The Bidder shall guarantee that, the hardware of the system will run without any major technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of issuance of FAC. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
3.5 Guarantee for Software
The Bidder shall guarantee that, all the Operating and Application Software of the system will run without any technical hazard for at least up to 10(ten) years after the date of effect of FAC. If any fault and/ or bug is detected within this period, the bidder shall correct these faults and debug the software at his own costs and at “free of charge” to BD ARMY. Bidder’s refusal to agree to this guarantee shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
10 RESTRICTED
3.5.1 License for Software
BD ARMY prefers that the license of all the software for all equipment shall be for unlimited time. However, the bidder may propose the licensing renewal process in the bid which should be at least for 10 years after the guaranty period and it should be considered in the financial evaluation. If no renewal process is mentioned in the offer, it will be considered that the license of all the software for all equipment is offered for unlimited time. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.5.2 Language of Software
The language of the instructions of the software shall be in English. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
3.6 Guarantee for Introduction of New Features
3.6.1 The bidder shall guarantee that, if BD ARMY requests for introduction of any new/additional System features related to the offered model( to ensure security and operational efficiency for users' greater satisfaction) in the supplied system, the bidder should comply. However, if the new introduction requires any hardware/software change, the purchaser will bear additional cost.
3.6.2 The price for such new/ additional features shall be logical and realistic and shall be fixed up by mutual discussion.
Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
3.6.3 Guarantee for Up‐gradation of Software Version
3.6.3.1 The Bidder shall guarantee that it will inform BD ARMY of all subsequent up‐grades of the software version of the supplied system.
3.6.3.2
If the upgrade becomes mandatory for any expansion of the supplied system or addition/ modification of any prevalent feature, such software upgrades shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.3 If such upgrade becomes mandatory for proper operation & maintenance of the network in its present configuration and form, such upgrades, including supply of new software and hardware, shall be done “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.4 If any non‐mandatory upgrade is done on request from BD ARMY, but does not involve any change or addition in hardware, the bidder, upon request from BD ARMY, shall install such upgraded software “free of charge” to BD ARMY.
3.6.3.5 But, if any non‐mandatory software upgrade, to be done at the request of BD ARMY, involves any hardware change and/ or additional hardware, charges will be incurred for prices for the changed and/ or additional hardware and the new software. In such cases, the prices for such new and/ or additional hardware and software shall be fixed on mutual agreement and in consistent with the market prices prevalent at the time of such request. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
11 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IV
REQUIREMENTS OF SOFT SWITCH
4.1 Design Criteria
4.1.1 A comprehensive IP based soft switch call server solutions based on a Server
Architecture running on Linux OS/Windows/Sun Solaris. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.2.
The call control system must have universally supported IP based architecture and will
provide support for integrated telephony solution for soft phone , analog & IP phones,
PSTN gateway over IP architecture. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.1.3.
The call control system will be centralized architecture so that a single system can
support all end points IP phones, analog phones gateways etc. in a region containing
multiple sites connected across wide area network. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.4.
The main call processing card/ board shall have 1+1 redundant configuration.
The critical components such as main processor board, communication board, power
supply, etc., must follow redundant design philosophy and be able to support
insertion/ removal of components in ‘power on’ condition with no effect impact to Call
Server performance. The Bidder has to describe in detail, in his offer, to confirm design
redundancy. Failure to provide or misinterpretation of the term will be considered as
the Critical Deviation.
4.1.5
The Switch should support up to 3000 ports. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.( Should we review)
4.1.6
The call control system should support distributed architectures with centralized call
control remote survivability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.7 Change‐over from main to standby processor should not affect connected calls and
calls under processing. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.8
All appliances in the call control system should have hot swappable storage media to
ensure high availability. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.9 All appliances in the call control system should preferably be connected over gigabit
Ethernet for connectivity to the network. Gigabit Ethernet ports must be in redundant
configuration. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.10
Having inbuilt administration software. Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
Able to add bulk add, delete and update operations for devices and users. Deviation
RESTRICTED
12 RESTRICTED
4.1.11 shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.12
Conference bridge should provide software conference bridge resources that can be
used by the subscribers. Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13
Local gateways should support several servility options. Deviation shall be considered
as “Critical Deviation”.
4.1.13.1
Should be able to switch any TDM or IP call locally. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.2
"Local announcement or error message notification capability (which maintain
operations in the event of a WAN/LAN failure affects connectivity to the centrally
located announcement/ VR resource). Deviation shall be considered as “Major
Deviation”.
"
Local announcement capability (which maintain operations in the event of a WAN/LAN
failure affects connectivity to the centrally located announcement/ VR resource).
Deviation shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
4.1.13.3
The Gateway should support survivability for continuous voice services like local
survivability emergency transfer relay, modern dial backup, inter-gateway alternate
routing when soft switch is unreachable due to any kind of failure. Deviation shall be
considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4. 2 Service Criteria
4.2.1 System Architecture. The system must be follow characteristics as mentioned:
4.2.1.1
Modular growth structure
4.2.1.2
The change-over to the redundant module have to seamless i.e. none of the
connected calls or calls in progress shall be disconnected during the fault condition
or changeover function.
4.2.1.3
There shall be no degradation of service during fault condition in any one or more
of the system modules (e.g. 1+1 active standby mode operation)
4.2.1.4
The access circuit capacity between subscriber/trunk module and switching
network should not be reduced during a fault in switching network (e.g 1 + 1 in hot
standby mode operation)
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
13 RESTRICTED
4.2.2 Call Processing Control System
4.2.2.1 The Control system will be "Central Control" type.
4.2.2.2
All of the semi-conductor main memories related to Main Processor/ Control
Processor must be duplicated and must be protected against loss or alternation of
contents in case of power failure.
4.2.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
The SOFT SWITCH must be capable of handling digital dialing, pulse dialing and tone
dialing (DTMF) simultaneously. The analog subscriber (DTMF/Pluses) interface
cards must support ordinary/universal DTMF/Pulse telephone set that are not
specific to a particular vendor. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.4
The system should be modular in structure and use universal slots except the
common control elements. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.5
Any particular type of module used in any shelve should be interchangeable with
similar modules of other shelves. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical
Deviation”.
4.2.6
The interfaces should be connected in such a way that there should not be any
requirement for external wiring for this purpose. Deviation shall be considered as
“Major Deviation”.
4.2.7
Wrong insertion of any module should not be possible which might harm the
module or the system. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.8
The system should have necessary interfaces and should support all signaling
system for networking with existing Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL/PSTN
telecommunication equipment. Necessary survey must be carried out to confirm
the existing equipment and signaling system. Deviation shall be considered as
“Critical Deviation”.
4.2.9 The details of the system capacity must be equal to initial capacity of Chapter III.
The system must have the scope to expand up to final capacity mentioned in
aforementioned chapter. Deviation shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.2.10
System Controlling Feature
The system should have minimum 1 + 1 hot standby redundancy /resiliency of all
important control components including duplication of data bus in the
Headquarters location only to provide following features.
RESTRICTED
14 RESTRICTED
4.2.10.1 Automatic switch over upon failure.
4.2.10.2
No interruption of service.
4.2.10.3
All modules used for the duplication of common control have to be inter
changeable between the same category modules and should be able to work as
either main or standby purpose.
4.2.10.4
The memory capacity must be sufficient considering the final/maximum system
capacity including 20% additional storage.
4.2.10.5
The ONUs will have remote survivability in case the connecting to the main server
fails ONUs will be connected with fiber optic ring/star topology where only the fiber
optic cores will be provided by buyer in the nodal points. All other arrangements
must be by the supplier to connect the ONUs in ring topology where failure in one
side will compensated form the other side of the ring. Failure in any link will
immediately notify in the alarm console of the O&M terminal.
The system should be controlled from Operation & Maintenance (O&M) Terminals.
4.3
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
System Software
4.3.1 Should be generic and based on any platform but must have world accepted
standard; necessary up-gradation should be carried out free of cost using any
suitable means for next 10 years from the date of Final Acceptance Certificate
(FAC). By downloading the software changes and new incorporation of service
features and facilities have to be made by checked at any time without interruption
of service.
4.3.2 Should support Boss Secretary Steno arrangement and necessary phone service
features. The incoming call to the officer shall ring on secretary's phone with option
of ring on both telephones. It has to be possible for the Boss / Secretary to contact
each other using one touch key in telephone.
4.3.3
Should be stored in separate storage device and adequate protection arrangement
should be available to provide the system with adequate security features against
any corruption or hacking of data by any means.
4.3.4
The configuration data should be able to be stored in external memories as back up
in a suitable drive. This stored system backup data have to be loadable into the
system from local O&M terminal later. Necessary back up data system must be
supplied.
4.3.5
Must support the technical requirement mentioned in the succeedinparagraphs.
RESTRICTED
15 RESTRICTED
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Critical Deviation”.
4.4 Interface and Facilities. Required service features are:
4.4.1 Abbreviated dialing.
4.4.2 Account Code Facility.
4.4.3 Attendant Numbering.
4.4.4 Automatic callback on busy or No answer - Trunk and Station calls call back code
should digits 5; so as to keep similarity with other PABX of Bangladesh Army. System
should guide the subscriber with voice prompt.
4.4.5 Cancellation of Call Back.
4.4.6 Automatic Appointment Reminder with voice Recording for Specified Appointment,
and at specific date and time. This should be programmable by subscribers and
operators.
4.4.7 Call forward: When activated calls will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension
4.4.8 Call Hold: This feature indicates another incoming call to the user when he is busy
on the line. The user shall be able to hold the existing call and answer the new
incoming call.
4.4.9 Call hold reminder.
4.4.10 Call park: When activated call will be automatically diverted to a predetermined
extension when unanswered or busy.
4.4.11 Call pick-up : Calls to any extension can be picked-up from any other extension (i.e.
by dialing a predefined number followed by the extension number)
4.4.12 Call Transfer : Call have to be transferred to other extension after answer
4.4.13 Call back/Camp on busy: When an extension is busy, the call can be camped on. This
queues the call to the extension and rings automatically when the current call is
terminated
4.4.14 Busy Override: A feature which permits the attendant or other high priority users to
intrude on a telephone conversation. A warning tone or some other indication shall
be provided to alter the parties of an intrusion.
4.4.15 Conference call : System shall support at least 08 party conference (Eight
subscribers) with minimum three simultaneous conferencing, with both internal and
external calls
RESTRICTED
16 RESTRICTED
4.4.16 Direct Department Calling/ Direct Inward Dialing
4.4.17 Automatic Trunk call disconnection after a defined time
4.4.18 Direct inward system Access (DISA)
4.4.19 Direct Dialing
4.4.20 Do Not Disturb
4.4.21 Hotline station
4.4.22 Inter Soft Switch/PABX call transfer
4.4.23 Music on Hold
4.4.24 Recall after Direct call transfer (without answering)
4.4.25 Telephone locking
4.4.26 Wake up call or entering timed reminders
4.4.27 Boss secretary steno system
4.4.28
Following types of call barring facility must be available:
4.4.28.1 Inter-office call
4.4.28.2 Local Call
4.4.28.3 NWD and ISD Call
4.4.28.4 All Outgoing calls
4.4.28.5 All incoming calls
4.4.28.6 Trunk Calls
4.4.29 Caller Line identification in both Analog, Digital and IP Telephone Sets
4.4.30 Last Caller Callback
4.4.31 Internal/External voice mailing system for all subscribers (at least 20 subscriber at a
time)
4.4.32 Group call pick-up : A group of extensions can be answered by any member
assigned to that common group by dialing predefined number
RESTRICTED
17 RESTRICTED
4.4.33 Call status per line (state, duration, number)
4.4.34 Calling line identification restriction call by call (CLIR)
4.4.35 Calling party name identification (CLID)
4.4.36 Conference list and drop any party (ad-hoc conference)
4.4.37 Directory dial from phone-corporate, personal
4.4.38 Directories of missed placed, received calls list stored on selected IP phones
4.4.39 Distinctive ring (on net vs. off net)
4.4.40 Distinctive ring per line appearance
4.4.41 Extension mobility support
4.4.42 Hold reversion
4.4.43 Log in and log out of hunt groups
4.4.44 Boss, Secretary Service for Specific phone
4.4.45 Manager features : Immediate divert or transfer, do not disturb, divert all calls, call
intercept, call filtering on CLID, intercom, speed dials
4.4.46 Assistant Secretary features : Handle calls for their managers: View manager status
and calls create speed dials for frequently used numbers, search for people in
corporate/ Manager directory handle calls on their own lines, immediate divert or
transfer, intercom console barge, privacy multiple call per line, direct transfer
4.4.47 Single directory number, multiple phones-Bridged line appearance
4.4.48 User-configured speed dial and call forward through dialing keypad/telephone set.
4.4.49 All action in the system should be guided by recorded voice. For example call back,
call forward, call transfer etc. should be guided by voice recorded in the system
Deviation of all above shall be considered as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter ::
RESTRICTED
18 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-V
REQUIREMENTS OF INTERFACES, TRUNK & GATEWAY
5.1 System Trunk Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be specified.
5.1.1 Analog Trunk Interface: The cable /circuit sources are primarily from any Multiplexer BTCL PSTN or ITU-T recommended analog line.
5.1.2 Digital Trunk Interface: The contracted switching system should be able to fully work in an environment based on PRI/QSIG/Trunk and latest signaling V5.2 in compliance with the latest recommendation of ITU Blue Book.
5.1.2.1 The electric characteristics of the standard digital trunk interface should be ITU-T recommendation (G.703). Its frame structure (Physical parameters) should be ITU-T recommended (G.704 and G.705). Its frame synchronization, Cyclic redundancy check (CRC), multi-frame synchronization and CRC monitoring function should be ITU-T (G.706) recommended. Interface should be compatible with existing equipment being used in Bangladesh Armed Forces and BTCL. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol..
5.1.2.2 Must support PRI, QSIG signaling network.
5.1.2.3 Must accept E1 input at both 75 ohm and 120 ohm mode (should collect information from side survey.) Physical survey in this regard may be carried out if deemed necessary.
5.1.2.4 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.2 GSM Gateway:The GSM gateway cards/sub-system must support SIM for both GSM 900/1800/2100 Bands. Modular/Sub System type GSM Gateway is accepted. The supply of GSM gateway will be inline with the rectifier and inverter mentioned in Ch-15 Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.3 SIP Trunk: The proposed system should include SIP trunks, should be able to be connected securely and seamlessly to service provider’s infrastructures thorough session borders controllers. Standard SIP trunk with ULAW, ALAW, GSM, G.729 G. 723 codec to be provided . Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as ''Critical Deviation'' Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
5.4 Caller ID should display irrespective of the origin of the caller or trunk (E1, Analog, Digital Trunk etc.)Major Deviation Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
19 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
5.5.1 Additional Interfaces: Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
5.5.1.1 Maintaining system and subscriber database.
5.5.1.2 Voice Message/ Mail System: Minimum number of 100 mailboxes (initial capacity) and 150 mailboxes (expandable capacity) with 5 minutes recording capacity for each voicemail box. The concurrent mail box access capacity is 20 subscribers. The subscribers with voicemail boxes will have standard announcement to get the indication of received voicemail. Other standard facilities to deal with voicemail will be provided mailbox may be assigned manually by the administrator or system may allow on first-in or first-out (FIFO). Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
20 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VI
REQUIREMENTS OF NETWORK EQUIPMENT
6.1 Network Infrastructure:
Distributionswitch:ISO 9001/9002 for manufacturer, FCC Class A/B for quality assurance
mustbemaintained.The distribution switch shall consist of appropriate models of layer
3 LAN Switches manufactured by reputed brand. There shall be 1distribution switch in
main central site. This switch shall be of modular type with minimum 24 numbers of
Gigabit SFP slots. Soft switch, critical equipment, Local equipment, NMS, will be
connecting with distributionswitch.“Layer - 2 POE Switches” that will be connected to
the main distribution Switch shall provide high availability, redundancy and fast
convergence.
6.1.1 General FeaturesofDistribution and POE Access Switch
The LAN distribution switches shall support the following general features. However,
POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE
access switches with the same price will be given added advantages.Any deviation shall
betreated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.1.1 Should support minimum 9000 byte jumbo frames. Support for minimum 30,000 MAC
addresses, up to 15,000 unicast routes, 1000 Switched Virtual Interfaces, 1000 IGMP
groups and multicast routes.
6.1.1.2 Should have minimum 24 x 1GSFP ports (Additional ports at the same price will be
given priority).
6.1.1.3 Minimum of 50 Gbps switching fabric capacity with minimum 40 Mbps in a single
chassis. Bidder should submit performance data sheet. (Higher throughput will be
given technical advantage) .
6.1.1.4 Stackable and stack / virtual link modules with cables and performance should have at
least 40 Gbps. Support link redundancy with convergence time less than 150 ms.
6.1.1.5 Traffic Shaping per port.
6.1.1.6 IPv6 ready from day one.
6.1.2 Network Protocol Feature
The LAN switch shall support the following network protocol features. However, POE
Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional features of POE access
Switches with the same price will be given added advantages. Any deviation shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
21 RESTRICTED
6.1.2.1 Support for 802.1x , 802.1d- MAC Bridging, 802.1s – Multiple Spanning Tree, 802.1w-
Rapid Configuration of Spanning Tree, 802.3ad- Link Aggregation,IEEE 802.1Q
encapsulation tagging and 802.1p traffic priority,IEEE 802.1w VLAN RSTP and IEEE
802.1s,per IEEE 802.1Q.
6.1.2.2 Spanning Tree Protocol (IEEE 802.1d), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) (IEEE 802.1w), Logical Link Control (IEEE 802.2),Flow control (IEEE 802.3x),TFTP (RFC 783), Telnet (RFC 854)
6.1.2.3 Shall generate Syslog and SNMP trap for all the events.
6.1.3 VLAN Features
The Layer-3 distribution switches must support the all the following VLAN features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches with the same price will be given added advantages.
Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.3.1 VLANACLs (VACLs) on all VLANs to prevent unauthorized data flows from being bridged
within VLANs.
6.1.3.2 VLAN shall be possible to be created among ports of different types. Port-based ACLs
(PACLs) for Layer 2 interfaces to allow application of security policies on individual
switch ports.
6.1.3.3 1000 VLANs4KVLANsID (as per IEEE 802.1Q) shall be supported.
6.1.3.4 Shall allow MAC/IP Address bound to a port/VLAN.Port Mirroring based on port basis
/ VLAN basis to support intrusion prevention system deployment in different VLANs.
6.1.4 Routing Feature
The Layer 3 distribution switches must support the all the following Routing features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 Features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages. Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.4.1 Static Route and Default Route.
6.1.4.2 Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
6.1.4.3 RIP version‐1 and 2.
6.1.4.4 Intermediate System‐ Intermediate System (IS‐IS).
6.1.4.5 Border Protocol (BGP) version 4.
RESTRICTED
22 RESTRICTED
6.1.4.6 Multicast Features,QoS (Quality of Service) features like standard 802.1pCoS, DSCP -Differentiated Services Code Point, Control and Data-plane QoSACLs, Support weighted tail drop (WTD) to provide congestion avoidance, strict priority queuing mechanisms, Support Granular Rate Limiting function to guarantee bandwidth in increments as low as 10 kbps.
6.1.4.7 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping Version‐1, Version‐2 and
Version‐3 shall be supported.
6.1.4.8 Protocol Independent Multicast‐Sparse Mode (PIM‐SM).
6.1.5 Security Features
The Layer 3 distributionswitchesmust support the all the following security features.
However, POE Access Switches must support Layer -2 features only. Additional
features of POE access Switches are with the same price will be given added
advantages.Any deviation shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
6.1.5.1 Hierarchical management over the users and password protection.MAC layer
encryption over wired networks for encryption keying.
6.1.5.2 Supports the supplicant authentication compliant with port based IEEE 802.1x
protocol. However, both distribution and POE switches must have the provision to
implement the policy of “Active Directory” compatible with Microsoft Windows Server
2012or higher.
6.1.5.3 Support local and remote authentication dial‐in user service (RADIUS) Authentication,
Authorization and Accounting (AAA) schemes.Multilevel security on console access to
prevent unauthorized users from altering the switch configuration.
6.1.5.4 Supports only port based packet filtering. Support Spanning-tree root guard to prevent
other edge switches becoming the root bridge.
6.1.5.5 Support the simple text authentication and MD5 encrypted text authentication for
routing protocols.
6.1.5.6 Support SNMP v1/v2/v3 encrypted authentication, Link Aggregation Protocol (LACP),
discover the neighboring device protocol, ShapedRound Robin (SRR) scheduling.
6.1.5.7 Terminal Access User Security mechanism.
6.1.5.8 Should supportDynamic ARP Inspection and IP Source guard, MAC address notification,DHCPSnooping, Port-based ACLs, Layer 2 encryption,Remote Switch Port Analyzer, Port Security and Packet filter.
6.1.5.9 Secured Shell (SSH) 2.0 or above.
RESTRICTED
23 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
6.1.6 Hardware Configuration and Performance Requirement.
The LAN switch shall support the following capacity and configuration features. Any
deviation shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.1.6.1 Power Supply DC/AC as applicable.
6.1.6.2 The switch shall support minimum of 200 Gbps full duplex (400 Gbpshalfduplex) of
switch capacity and 100 million packets per second forwarding performance.
6.1.6.3 The POE switches shall be supplied with minimum of 256 MB RAM and 128 MB Flash
memory.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation above should be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
6.2 Session Border Controller(SBC)
a. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of same manufacturer (proprietary), the SBC may be in built (Software Based) in the Firewall. Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. b. If the manufacturer of both the softswitch and Firewall are of different
manufacturer, the SBC MUST be separate (Hardware Based) from the Firewall.
Noncompliance of this clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
6.2.1 SBC defense against SIP denial of service, fraud and eavesdropping.
6.2.2 Secure SIP connectivity and NAT traversal for voice and video conversations over the
internet.
6.2.3 Web based management.
Any deviation of all the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be
treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
24 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VII
REQUIREMENTS OF SIGNALING, PROTOCOLS AND INTERFACES
7.1 Inter‐Node Signaling
The following inter‐node signaling capabilities will be provided in the system.
7.1.1 Common Channel Signaling No. 7 (CCS7): The CCS7 signaling shall be based on ITU-T
White Book or later version recommendations.Moreover , it shall be backward
compatible with Blue Book variants prevailing in Bangladesh. The prospective Bidder
shall make his own survey abversions or sub- sets used.Failure to provide any
requirements as mentioned above should be compenseted by alternative ITU-T
standard protocol
7.1.2 ISDN PRA Signaling
The system shall support full version of ISDN Primary Rate Access (PRA) Signaling on
ITU‐T E1 as per ITU‐T recommendation.
7.1.3 H.323 and SIP Specifications
7.1.3.1 It shall support a 10/100-Base-T connection with TCP/IP connectivity between the IP
telephony server and an IP endpoint, trunk or branch-gateway.
7.1.3.2 It shall provide services as per H.323v2 and SIP protocol stack. This means the voice
packets shall be carried via UDP.
7.1.3.3 IP signaling capabilities provided shall include.
7.1.3.4 H.225 RAS (Registration, Admission and Status) or DNS SRV services to all IP endpoints.
7.1.3.5 Q.931 and SIP for signaling and advanced options.
7.1.3.6 H.245 and SIP/SDP/PINT call-control signaling.
7.1.3.7 H.323 Annex L based signaling and SIP signaling for IP soft phones and IP hard
telephones. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should be
compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol.
7.1.3.8 It shall provide automatic load balancing, so that IP end-points registrations are
balanced between all the gateways.
Deviation of each of the above clauses shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
25 RESTRICTED
7.2 Trunk and Protocol Support
7.2.1 Traditional TDM E1(PRI), CCS, CAS) and CO Trunk support with gateways to connect the
existing PABX's BD Army( Critical Deviation)
7.2.2 Native support of SIP devices.
7.2.3 Presence information for SIP devices.
7.2.4 Fault configuration, accounting, performance and security (FCAPS) enhancements to
support SIP.
7.2.5 SIP trunk enhancements for external applications such as conferencing and presence.
7.2.6 Third-party SIP devices supporting RFC 3261.
7.2.7 SIP line side RFCs 3261, 3262, 3264, 3265, 3311, 3515 and 3842.
7.2.8 SIP trunk RFC support RFCs 2833, 2978, 3261, 3264, 3265, 3325, 3515, 3842 and 3891.
7.2.9 Support QSIG, H.323. Failure to provide any requirements as mentioned above should
be compensated by alternative ITU-T standard protocol(Critical Deviation)
7.2.10 IP trunk interface with private GSM network and other IP PABX/Soft Switch.
7.2.11 Audio long latency and Jitter compensation by Buffering.
Any deviation of the above, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major
Deviation”.
7.3 Interfaces requirements for System Control, Subscriber and Trunk Line.
7.3.1 System Control Interface: Name and capacity of the following interfaces have to be
included.
7.3.1.1 Server / Processor/CPU, Hard Disk and RAM.
7.3.1.2 Interfaces required between CPU and other cards/subsystems.
7.3.1.3 Interface required for conference call.
7.3.1.4 Interface to make system backup in suitable memory drive.
7.3.1.5 Interfaces required for soft switch/nodes cabinets interconnectivity.
7.3.1.6 Interfaces for connecting O & M Terminal (One for local Management and One for
RESTRICTED
26 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
Remote management through LN/WAN).
7.3.2 Subscriber line cards : Name and capacity of the following interfaces should be
specified.
7.3.2.1 Gateways/Line Care : Following are the features required for Analogue line care.
7.3.2.1.1 Ports per card : Any combination of 8/12/16/24/32.
7.3.2.1.2 Cable Distance.
7.3.2.1.2.1 5 km for 40% ports at main node ; for remote node minimum 3 km
7.3.2.1.2.2 3 km for rest of the ports at main and remote node.
7.3.2.1.3 Cable to Support: Copper cable of minimum 0.4 mm.
7.3.2.2 The cost of digital card with similar specification has to be included in the price list.
7.3.2.3 IP Phone Line Card: The IP phones have to be supported from the Ethernet (RJ45) port
of the soft switching system.
Any deviation of the above requirements unless otherwise mentioned shall be treated
as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
27 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-VIII
REQUIREMENTS OF SYSTEM FUNCTIONS, FACILITIES AND SUPERVISIONS
System Functions and Facilities
8.1 System Capabilities Summary.
8.1.1 8.1.2
The system should haveUCC (unified communications and collaboration) ,versatile conferencing software used for conference calls such as text, audio, video and virtual white boards and makes them available through a single interface. Noncompliance will be treated as Major deviation. The bidder in his offer should quote 150 licensefor UCC as optional .The UCC must able to integrate 2 devices per subscriber. Failing to provide will be treated as Major deviation.
8.1.3 The architecture should support IP capability for interfacing & communicating with voice, video and data infrastructure and should support up to finalcapacity with no licensing fee later on. (Critical Deviation).
8.1.4 The system must support seamless integration with private GSM network via IP (SIP) Trunk.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.5 The system should support Alternate automatic routing.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.6 The system should support automated route selection.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.7 The system should have GUI support LAN / web based management console.(Critical Deviation).
8.1.8 The system should support Alternation and gain adjustment per device Minor deviation
8.1.9 The system should have Automated bandwidth selection with Jitter Buffering.
8.1.10 Call preservation - redundancy and automated failover - on processing failure. 8.1.11
Coder-decoder (codec) should support for automated bandwidth section.
8.1.11.1 G.711 mu-law, a-law.
8.1.11.2 G.723.1.
8.1.11.3 G. 729a.
8.1.11.4 Wideband audio.
8.1.12 Digital analysis and call treatment (digit string insertion, deletion, stripping dial codes digit string translation and dial pattern transformation).
8.1.13 Database resiliency to increase feature availability for the following.
RESTRICTED
28 RESTRICTED
8.1.13.1 Extension mobility.
8.1.13.2 Privacy.
8.1.13.3 Device mobility.
8.1.13.4 End-user and Application user certificate authority proxy function (CAPF) for OCT.
8.1.13.5 Monitoring.
8.1.13.6 Hunt groups.
8.1.14 Device mobility changes in the location-specific information when a device moves within the cluster.
8.1.15 Dial-plan partitioning.
8.1.16 Distributed system requirement.
8.1.16.1 Deployment of devices and applications across an IP network.
8.1.16.2 Centrally processed call will be in delivered to the end subscribers via these distributed Gateways.
8.1.16.3 Minimum of 1,00,000 busy-hour call completions (BHCCs).(Critical Deviation).
8.1.16.4 The Gateways should have local survivable processor features.
8.1.16.5 Local survivable processor on the local gateway should be designed to take over call control in the event that the soft switch/call server falls or the WAN/LAN line between the ONUs and HQ. The Local Survivable processor provides full feature telephone services survivability not only for the HQ analogue lines but also IP phones located in ONUs.
8.1.17 FAX over IP-G.711 pass through and FAX Relay.
8.1.18 Multi-level precedence and Preemption (MLPP) or similar facilities with ITU-T standard protocol for preemption.
8.1.19 Multiple remote call server platform administration and debug utilities.
8.1.20 Real-Time and historical application performance monitoring through operation system tools and simple network management protocol (SNMP).
8.1.21 Programmable line keys.
8.1.22 PSTN failover on route unavailability.
8.1.23 Q. SIG (International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
8.1.23.1 Basic call.
RESTRICTED
29 RESTRICTED
8.1.23.2 Call transfer.
8.1.23.3 Identification Restriction, Calling Name Identification Restriction (CNIR), COLR
(connected line identification restriction),CONR (Connected Name identification Restriction). Minor deviation
8.1.23.4 Loop prevention, Diversion counter & reason, loop detection, diverted to number diverting number, original called name & number , original diversion reason and redirection name.
8.1.24 Redundancy and automated failover in call-processing failure.
8.1.24.1 Call preservation on call-processing failure.
8.1.25 For maximum compatibility, IP telephone and the soft switch must be manufactured with the same brand name. Any deviation of the above requirements, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.2 Remote survivability system.
8.2.1. The interface unified voice solution should provide remote survivability option for the local phones at that area in case of link failure.
8.2.2. Should provide automatic survivability service to all types of phone in the local site in the event of no service being available from the call control system to the phones. The survivability system should be capable of providing fall back telephony system on its own in case of no network availability.
8.2.3. In the event when service from the call control system becomes unavailable the phones should register themselves automatically to the survivability system.
8.2.4. No existing "internal" calls should drop while the switch over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.5. The survivability system should be able to facilitate voice calls between phones in the same site.
8.2.6. Once the service from the call control system is back to the phones, the phones have automatically switch over form the survivability system to the call control system without any manual intervention of system interruption.
8.2.7 No "Internal" existing call should drop while the switching over is happening as mentioned in the previous point.
8.2.8 Should provide the following basic call features while the phones are registered with the survivability system, Caller ID, Call hold & resume, call pick-up, call forward, call transfer, last-number redial, calling party name, music on hold, distinctive ringing.
RESTRICTED
30 RESTRICTED
8.2.9 While the phones are working with the survivability system, the survivability system should support TLS signaling encryption for all types of IP phones to make sure no tampering has occurred to signaling packets during transmission.
8.2.10 The survivability system should support encryption of the voice traffic (media) between all three types of IP phones using standard based secure RTP (SRTP) as per IETF RFC 3711 for security requirements, while the phones are working with the survivability system due to loss of service from the call control system.
8.2.11 Should support compression of VoIP packet headers using compressed real time protocol as per IETF RFC 20508.
8.2.12 Should support IP precedence DHCP and DSCP for VoIP packet classification & marking.
8.2.13 Should behave QoS support to offer very low latency and jilter to critical voice traffic.
8.2.14 Should support policing and shaping for delivering the appropriate QoS to applications as well as for securing the survivability system from threats. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.3 Call Detail Record (CDR).
8.3.1 The switching system must have recorded the total internal and external incoming and outgoing call details (CDR)for minimum 1,00,000 calls(recent Data). The administrator should be capable as details whenever necessary from the O & M Terminal. Any deviation of the above requirement, except as mentioned otherwise, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.4 Call Billing System.
8.4.1. The Switching system must have 90 days CDR facilities by providing additional PC with adequate hard disk.
8.4.2. The call billing should show details of calls made from any locations, remote/central and over any type of lines including tie lines, PSTN lines, E1 trunks etc. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.5 Transmission Characteristics.
8.5.1. Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.5.2. Should be automatic loop impedance adjustment capability .
8.5.3. Noise figure should be as per the latest ITU-T recommendations. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.6. Signaling Characteristics.
8.6.1. Dialing: The switching system have to provide any combination of DTMF or Pulse telephone from the same interface module. There should be separate tone and signaling for the ISDN Telephones.
RESTRICTED
31 RESTRICTED
8.6.2. Ringing Characteristics: Should be as per the relevant ITU-T recommendations.
8.6.3. Traffic: Bidder should be show traffic capacity for internal and external traffic of system. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.7 Telephone Number Assignment.
8.7.1 The switching system shall allow following:
8.7.1.1 Flexible numbering plans so that any directory number can be allocated to any line.
8.7.1.2 Numbering plan have to be programmable.
8.7.1.3 Total allowable digit is minimum three and maximum eleven (programmable for any number of digits) for telephone number less access code number. There have to be enough flexibility for access code digit.
8.7.1.4 Digit edition have to be possible/ available.
8.7.1.5 Numbering schemes and feature transparency: The system architecture must allow creating any extension number in any mode which have to be transparent to all the nodes. Duplicate numbering will be denied by default. Feature transparency has to be available to all nodes for all user extensions. No additional licensing fee for IP phone/trunks to TMD subscribers/trunk dialing have to be allow for the final capacity (including expansion) of the system. CDR and other database features will have to be made available from the central operation and maintenance (O&M) terminal. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
8.8 System Supervision:
8.8.1. Automatic supervision of the total functioning and operation of the complete PABX by means of continuous checking.
8.8.2. Alarm indication.
8.8.2.1 Automatic alarm generation (audible and visible alarm) in case of any failure or trouble on switching system and its supporting subsystems (such as power system) by appropriate means.
8.8.2.2 Detail alarm information specifying the location and nature / category (e.g critical, major or minor) of failure/ faults/ troubles has to be displayed on visual display unit (e.g. monitor) along with printing option. This information has to be also recorded in a log file.
8.8.2.3 Print out alarm information shall be included the following for diagnosis.
8.8.2.3.1 Date and Time.
RESTRICTED
32 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
8.8.2.3.2 Local of Faulty or Troubled Equipment.
8.8.2.3.3 Category of Failure.
8.8.2.4 The system shall be capable of identifying the following emergency conditions and must be capable of sending to the operator and O & M console unit through audible and visual indicators.
8.8.2.4.1 Failure of AC Main Supply.
8.8.2.4.2 Failure Rectifier, Generator, Battery, Battery and AVR.
8.8.2.4.3 Abnormal room temperature/fire alarm.
8.8.3. Operation System Indication: For supervision of system operation, at least following status indicating shall be reported to maintenance personnel.
8.8.3.1 Operational status of specific trunk circuit and trunk circuit group e.g. idle, engaged, locked, blocked etc.
8.8.3.2 Operational status of specific common equipment as 'in operation',‘in fault’, ‘in standby’ etc.
8.8.3.3 Specific subscriber line status.
8.8.3.4 Location and number of located-out subscriber line.
8.8.3.5 The O&M terminal have a memory so that all input commands, output messages and other necessary information remain stored there for a reasonable time for ling time storage of log fire, so that desired information can be retrieved, printer or coupled to any suitable disk. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.4 Traffic Indication: The system should continuously supervise the running traffic and provide information about the following to the O & M personnel.
8.8.4.1 Abnormal increase of incoming/outgoing calls.
8.8.4.2 Heavy traffic congesting. Any deviation of the above requirements shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
8.8.5 Trunk Circuit supervision: Faulty trunks circuits shall be automatically blocked and also be blocked by an input of the specific command on the specific I/O Device. All above deviation unless otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
33 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-IX
REQUIREMENTS OF SECURITY FEATURES OF THE SYSTEM DESIGN
9.1 Security of the physical and operational components:
9.1.1 The IP PBX system should provide complete encryption capabilities with the ability to
encrypt all traffic (media and call control signaling) between IP phones, softphones, call
controllers, media gateways and all other associated endpoints using a strong
encryption algorithm (AES, IPSec and SRTP, for example).
9.1.2 The encryption system must be able to encrypt the voice content in addition to the
signaling between the IP terminals.
9.1.3 The voice encryption solution must be hardware-based in order to eliminate system
degradation and transmission delay times.
9.1.4 For multi-node solutions, IP terminals must be capable of communicating via
encrypted streams between any and all physical and logical network areas.
9.1.5 Application users should be authenticated using a RADIUS system before being granted
access to application servers or associated resources.
9.1.6 Any web-based application must use HTTPS encryption.
9.1.7 The system must control the identity of the management terminals and the user
accessing that terminal. During a connection, (local or remote) the system must check
the consistency between the management platform name, management platform
password and user name before authorizing the connection.
9.1.8 To avoid encouraging problems in the call server access must be limited and the
possibilities of different methods of attack must be eliminated wherever possible.
9.1.9 The System must support Network Time Protocol V4.1.2 (RFC 1305) to synchronize the
system data/time of network devices.
9.1.10 The call server Operating System must not use or natively support network resource
sharing services such as NFS, Samba or LPR.
9.1.11 Wireless IP Phones must support WPA2 (AES) for traffic encryption proposes
9.1.12 The Call Server must not employ the use of a 'default' password that is viable beyond
the period of installation.
9.1.12.1 The password & access control must include at least:
9.1.12.1.1 Shadow Passwords to prevent the possibility of an aggressor to easily read or deduce
system or account access passwords.
RESTRICTED
34 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
9.1.12.1.2 Password Aging with configurable time periods.
9.1.12.1.3 Usage of MD5 algorithm (or stronger) for password encryption.
9.1.12.1.4 Internal OS controls for remote point of access restriction and service availability. (i.e.
TCP Wrappers & Trusted Hosts)
9.1.13 In addition to these basic rules, the system must be compatible with the 802.1X
standard that is used in conjunction with Radius or LDAP servers to provide
authentication, authorization and accounting for clients connecting to an Ethernet
network.
9.1.14 The system should have the capability to, based on standard mechanisms (such as
802.1Q and DHCP), assign automatically the corresponding voice VLAN number to the
IP terminal clients during IP terminal initialization, allowing for the separation of voice
and data.
9.1.15 The call server must avoid the usage of automatic "download & execute" programs or
services from databases or Internet inbound connections.
9.1.16 Internet access from the call server must be restricted to administrator initiated
remote maintenance tasks only.
9.1.17 The remote access proposed either via PSTN or ISDN, must provide a high security level
for remote management/maintenance terminals at a predetermined location, as well
as the normal user name and password control.
9.1.18 All management traffic between a remote console/session and the call server must be
encrypted. (SSH for direct command line sessions, HTTPS (SSL) for web sessions, SFTP
for file transfers, etc.)
9.1.19 Management flows between the management platform and the call server must be
encrypted (SSH, SSL, CMISE, SNMPv3).
9.1.20 The System must support Syslog services for both internal and external command and
configuration control accounting with a minimum of 5-day history.(Major Deviation)
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be
treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
35 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER - X
REQUIREMENTS OF OPERATIONAL AND MAINTENANCE FACILITIES
10.1 The system administration and Maintenance Terminal have to be provided centrally for entire system. This should be PC based system running user friendly. GUI/Windows based administration & maintenance software.
10.1.1 System shall have the provision of install fault information.
10.1.2 It should relieved the user from remembering lengthy procedure and formats for data changes and shall use simple English commands only for the same.
10.1.3 The administration should be secured by way of password protection. It have to be possible to have different layers of password.
10.1.4 The system management terminal shall be capable of adding and modifying hardware and software main location and remote location from main location only.
10.1.5 Scheduling: The scheduling capability have enabled users to specify a task to return at a specific date and time. A task could be a collection of one or more operations that users can specify to run at a predetermined time.(Major Deviation).
10.1.6 History Log: The history log have enabled users to view the results of running and competed tasks. (Major Deviation).
10.1.7 Scheduling Viewer. The scheduler viewer should enabled users to view the task or job status while it is being executed and also show the queue of job yet to run.(Major Deviation).
10.1.8 Import/Export Capability. This should include easy graphical exporting and importing of login, coverage paths, hunt groups date modules, stations truck groups and directional commands. Any deviation of the above requirement, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.1.9 Reports. Site administration must have provided the following reports:
10.1.9.1 Should enable user for view the complete dial ranges in the system quickly and easily.(Major Deviation).
10.1.9.2 Should enable user to view the available ports in the system.
10.1.9.3 Should enable user to viewer unused and available extensions.
10.1.9.4 Monitor Alarms.
10.1.9.5 Monitor Trunks.
10.1.9.6 System Capacity reports.
RESTRICTED
36 RESTRICTED
10.1.10 Call Management/ Logging Traffic Statistics. Should have adequate call management
faculties and generate logs and collect traffic statistics for each extension/group of extensions the number of calls made, duration per call, number dialed with date and time of call through screen display and report print out on request or continuous basis.
10.1.11 Performance/Status/Information. This software through real time monitoring should be able to provide the status of extension/group of extensions and trunks/trunk groups of extensions and trunks/trunk groups with respect to the soft switch/PABX performance at any time on request basis through screen displays and print outs.
10.1.12 Maintenance Console: The console should have alarm indications. The system should also automatically report the alarm to the system administrator and designated attendant console/extensions. The alarms should indicated the following conditions:
10.1.12.1 Major Alarm: The System has logged a Major fault. Major fault would necessitate emergency transfer procedure.
10.1.12.2 Minor Alarm: The system has logged a Minor fault.
10.1.12.3 Reset-Alert: Reset system has been performed.
10.1.13 Diagnostics: Detailed software diagnostics/test runs should be provided to facilitate system trouble shooting to localize at least the faulty PCB/group of circuit packs.
10.1.14 Automated fault reporting system: Should be able to indicate line status of all connections along with nature of fault. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
10.2 Quantity required: Two for central Location.
10.3 Configuration.
10.3.1 PC Configuration: The PC supplied for call billing, system maintenance, diagnostic software and operator console must have minimums specifications shown below:
10.3.1.1 CPU: Minimum Intel Pentium core i5 or higher with minimum 1TB HDD 4 GB DDR3 RAM, DVD writer on supported Mother board only.
10.3.1.2 OS: Licensed window 10 or Unix/Linux supported operating system pre-located with media documentation and certificate of authenticity form Microsoft/UNIX.
10.3.1.3 Monitor: 24" LED Monitor (any reputed brand).
10.3.2 Computer: 3 x PC for operator console, 1 x call billing, 1 x PC for system maintenance and diagnostic software.
10.3.3 Printer: 1 x heavy duty printer should be included in the Headquarters location only.
RESTRICTED
37 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
10.4 Power Requirement: 220 volt AC ± 10% 50 Hz Appropriate surge protection should be given to /in the power source to endure safety on the O & M Terminal.
10.5 Software Required:
10.5.1 Software necessary for maintaining the switch.
10.5.2 Software capable of importing and exporting data from and to the switch in any of the Microsoft family file format (txt, xlsx/ doc etc).
10.5.3 Software necessary to profile alarm indication (Visual, audio or in any suitable form) in case of any fault in the switch. It should also indicated the type of fault, i.e. major, minor, critical etc.
10.5.4 Software necessary to identify the functional status of subscribers telephones in specific form.
10.5.5 Software necessary to recording/log all events taking place in the switch by the O & M Terminal.
10.5.6 Software necessary to generate following reports.
10.5.6.1 List of subscribers as per class of service.
10.5.6.2 List of faulty trunk and telephone connections.
10.5.6.3 List of free point in the system.
10.5.6.4 List of out of service ports in the system.
10.5.6.5 List of internal and external incoming and outgoing call details in hourly, dailyand monthly basis.
10.5.6.6 List of malicious call details for internal and external phones.
10.5.6.7 GUI based software to be preferable.
10.5.7 Update of software will be made automatically at periodically without any cost or license.
10.6 Other requirements.
10.6.1 The man machine communication should be in English.
10.6.2 The executable commands must have confirmation menu before changing the state of any interface or terminal of the system. Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
38 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XI
REQUIREMENTS OF END & ANCILLARY ITEMS
11.1 Requirement of the Operator Console.
11.1.1 Minimum requirement is 04x Operator console (03xPC based, 01X Hard Phone
Operation) with 01x headgear each and 01 x headgear as spare per console. The head
gears should be robust and light in weight. Alternative arrangement to be made to
provide same support using operator console telephone set.
11.1.2 The operator Console should have following features:
11.1.2.1 The exchange shall support at least 10 consoles. All consoles shall be defined to cater to specific group of extensions. Incoming calls to lines can be configured to any one or more consoles.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.2 PC based console should have connectivity with System.
11.1.2.3 The console shall have a display having Date/Time. No of waiting calls, name of the calling party etc.
11.1.2.4 Attendant Priority Queue: It should be possible to assign priorities to different type of incoming calls on the operator console with emergency call on the top of the queue.
11.1.2.5 Automatic Hold: There should be a facility to allow operators to alternate easily between three or more calls for example with automatic hold, selection of a second call have automatically put the active call on hold and make the second call active.
11.1.2.6 Automatic Call back: It have to be possible for operator to register an automatic call back for an extension that is fund busy or no answer by user.
11.1.2.7 Busy Override: It should be possible for the operator to barge in with beep sound indication into the ongoing conversation of busy extension and inform him of the incoming call.
11.1.2.8 Hold: It should be possible to hold minimum 4 calls on the operator console and attend the 5th call. All these calls will be hunting mode.
11.1.2.9 Call Queuing: Incoming calls shall be queued on the operator console.
11.1.2.10 Call Monitoring: Beep sound to indicate to the subscriber that the operator is monitoring/ listening in.
11.1.2.11 The Line Call Access. All types of Tie Trunks have to be accessible from the operator Console.
11.1.2.12 Trunk Forced Release.Ithave to be possible for the operator to release a trunk line forcefully.
RESTRICTED
39 RESTRICTED
11.1.2.13 Operator Announcement. When the attended console(s) are busy external caller
shall be informed of this situation by voice message.
11.1.2.14 Call Park. It have to be possible to park the call by one operator so that the same can be picked up by other operators.
11.1.2.15 Trunk Supervision: When any of the two subscribers in a trunk call disconnect the call or the call is disconnected due to any other reason, the operator must get any indication to enable him to get into the circuit again to supervise.
11.1.2.16 Equal call distribution to operator console. The distribution of incoming call to be made equally so that there is no over tasking for particular operator.(Major Deviation)
11.1.2.17 Operator must have facility to know with home a particular subscriber is engaged without monitoring or interrupting the call.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2 Requirements for Telephone Set.
11.2.1 Telephone set type 1 (for FXS Port): Supply of Telephone set Type-1 is to be treated as OPTIONAL. However,the prospective bidders must comply with the following conditions: a. The Soft Switch PABX shall support universal FXS ports (analog Telephone sets). b. For PSI, analog Telephone sets (presently used in BD Army) of following Brands, Panasonic, Siemens, Alcatel, Mitel, Bittel to be tested and be found compatible with the proposed system. c. In addition, bidder must also mention minimum 5 more Brands in his Technical offer which will be also tested during the PSI to ensure its compatibility with the universal analog Telephone sets. d. Noncompliance of the condition at ser a-d above will be treated as critical deviation.
11.2.2 General Instruction Regarding IP Phones
a.IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switching
System.
b. Before the final contract signing (after the opening of the Financial offer and the prospective bidder has been declared) , the bidder must show his offered IP phones to IE&I and get final confirmation regarding the IP phones . Bangladesh Army reserves the right to choose better quality of the IP phones if the offered IP phones do not meet the expectation level of of Bangladesh Army.
c. IP Phone must be of the same brand (Proprietary) of the soft switch manufacturer and MUST use the Proprietary Protocol of the soft switch manufacturer to communicate from the phone.
Any deviation from above clauses will be treated as critical deviation
11.2.3 Executive IP Phones: IP phones mustbe of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of the IP Soft switch System Modern Multi-line IP Phones with Boss-Secretary Facilities to be provided. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.3.1 Programmable Function key (with minimum 10 Key)(Major Deviation)
11.2.3.2 Built in Speaker phone and hands free dialing.
RESTRICTED
40 RESTRICTED
11.2.3.3 Desk Mount.
11.2.3.4 Display to Day, Date and CLI (LCD with large screen minimum of 2.5 x 3 inch or
equivalent) capable of displaying date/time, extension number etc. of incoming calls and contract adjustment. (Major Deviation)
11.2.3.5 Multi-Line Use.
11.2.3.6 Volume Control of Ringer and Speaker Phone.
11.2.3.7 Dial automatically when last digit of desired number is pressed.
11.2.3.8 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.3.9 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit. 11.2.3.10 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.2.4 Higher Executive IP Phone: IP phones must be of the same brand (proprietary in nature) of
the IP Soft switching System.Min 5 x 7 inch screen graphical Liquid Crystal Display (TFT-LCD) color touch-screen with Bluetooth facilities. Other facilities/ features are as follows:
11.2.4.1 Sensitive keys (physical keys with LED) Audio, Volume controls, Hands-free loudspeaker and external audio management key – Mute key.
11.2.4.2 Memory minimum 512 megabyte (MB), flash 128 megabyte (MB) RAM. (Major Deviation)
11.2.4.3 Bluetooth 2.1 embedded: Headset, ear set and handset support.
11.2.4.4 The IP phone must support the SIP or H.323 protocol.
11.2.4.5 RJ-45 LAN: Gigabit Ethernet 10/100/1000, RJ-45 PC through 10/100/1000 Gigabit.
11.2.4.6 POE 802.3af compliant class 2.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
11.3 MDF & IDF.
11.3.1 The MDF and IDF (both are separate) shall be completed with all its accessories for interconnecting and Jumpering the various terminations to the form SOFT switch/ PABX including the ONUs. This distance between MDF and IDF should be maximum 04 meters.
11.3.2 Each of the MDF & IDF shall have the following minimum criteria.
11.3.2.1 Minimum number of total available (horizontal and vertical) pairs =
RESTRICTED
41 RESTRICTED
:: End of Chapter::
120% of Equipped subscriber capacity.
11.3.2.2 Number of OSP pairs in each block = 100 (or 10 x 10).(Major Deviation)
11.3.2.3 Grounding: connect with Busbar.
11.3.3 Each MDF shall be fully equipped with 5‐point protection device assemblies. The protection shall be of the following type. (Major Deviation)
11.3.3.1
Breaking voltage : 180V AC.
11.3.3.2 Breaking current : 1.25 A.
11.3.3.3 Breaking time : 2 ms.
11.3.3.4 P3 = P4 = Over‐voltage and Surge Protection (gas discharge or other type).
11.3.3.5 Shall become open‐circuit on over‐voltage or surge.
11.3.3.6 Nominal Voltage : 180 – 380V AC.
11.3.3.7 Nominal Discharge Current : 3 A.
11.3.3.8 Nominal Impulse Discharge Current : 100 A.
11.3.3.9 Nominal Resistance: > 100 Mohms.
11.3.3.10 Current Turn‐off Time: < 200 μs.
11.3.3.11 P5 = The common point; shall be connected to the frame ground.
11.3.4 The MDF and IDF module shall have built in strain relief for the cable wire.
11.3.5 Punching tools for each MDF/IDF to be provided.
11.3.6 Jumper cable for IDF and MDF should be calculated.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
42 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER -XII
REQUIREMENT FOR MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT AND SPARE PARTS
12.1 Miscellaneous Equipment. Following tools and testers to be provided with MSU (can be defined at the Bidder if required in addition):
12.1.1 04 x superior quality cable tester (for fault locating).
12.1.2
04 x Punch Tool for MDF.
12.1.3
03 x Jumper Scraper.
12.1.4
04 x Cable cutter.
12.1.5
05 x sets line man tools for fault repair and maintenance. 12.1.6
A training SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM with all available modules same as main SOFT SWITCH System less redundancy to be offered as optional product.
12.1.7
08 x 1.5 Ton split type Air Conditioner (Asian Countries) to be supplied and installed in ONU location, operator room, MDF room and switch room switchover timer to be placed in the system for every ONU location.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Major Deviation”.
12.2 Spare Parts.
12.2.1 12.2.2 12.2.3
Spares Parts Supply GuaranteeThe Bidder shall provide a separate guarantee ( As per Annex G) to the effect that, he shall guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units for at least 10 (ten) years from “the date of effect” of the Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). If within this period, there is major design change or stoppage of production of supplied equipment, the bidder shall bear all the costs related to provision of alternative solutions. Failure to comply will be treated as “Critical deviation”. The spare list must include at least one unit of each replaceable card (including control and switching card, Analog and digital card as necessary , media gateway , power card and interfaces) for soft switches, Trunk Gateways, Media Gateways and LAN Switches covered by this purchase. Spares required for 1 year AMC period after initial 1 year warranty period must be submitted with the bid and will be considered for evaluation. This spare will be considered as the initial stock of spare which will be supplied from day one with the equipment.
12.2.4 The bidder with his offer should supply list of fast and slow moving items. For fast moving items price for 10% equipment should be included in the financial offer while 5% equipment should be included for slow moving items. The price offer of fast and slow moving items should include all necessary components shown in BOQ (Annex E). This will be considered during financial offer evaluation.
12.2.5 List of yearly spares required for next 10 years after first AMC period should to be provided with the prices. The indenter will finally select the required spare parts for the system. This price list will not be calculated for evaluation. However, its effect on operating and maintenance cost will be evaluated.
12.2.6 Before the expiry date of the warranty period, if any spares are used from the initial stock spares the supplier has to return and replenish the stock at his own cost to the purchaser.
RESTRICTED
43 RESTRICTED
12.2.7 The bidder/supplier has to provide urgent spare parts required for the offered system due to technical failure to be purchaser / user within 30 days of placing the demand/supply order and opening L/C to supplier to make the system functional. This cause to applicable after the warranty period.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
44 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIII
REQUIREMENTS OF POWER BACKUP, INTERFACES AND EARTHING
13.1 The power plant and backup battery system and also generator must be provided for
the central System and back up battery for all the nodes. The offer shall include necessary
power plant equipment for operation of the system. The Power Supply System must have N
+ 1 Hot Redundant Rectifier which is capable of providing minimum 08 hours backup in case
of the failure of the AC main power supply. Detail calculation to be shown by the bidders as
per Annex-H along with diagram of system and battery bank connectivity. The Offer shall
include necessary Rectifiers, Battery and Inverters and Generators. The details of such items
are listed below. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.2 Inverter
The offer shall include necessary DC to AC inverter modules to provide AC power
source to run at least the following hardware. The system should be modular
basis with single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of
appropriate rating without any designed change.The back‐up batteries shall be
used as the source power. The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail breakdown of
AC power requirement (in VA) of the hardware listed below. The calculation for
capacity requirement of the inverter shall be as follows:
13.2.1
Minimum Hardware to be powered by Inverter:
13.2.1.1
At HQ/Central Site:
All Servers.
3 (three) Operator Console.
GSM gateway.
2x24 portPoE switch for IP phones for the Headquarters location only.
01 (One) maintenance PC.
1(one) no of Network Printer.
All Distribution Switch and access switch.
3(three) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.1.2 At ONU Site:
All access Switch
1xPoE Switch (24 port) for the node.
ONU/Media gateway for Analog phones.
2(two) numbers of Emergency Light.
13.2.2 The Bidder shall give the above details of inverter dimensioning of each of the
RESTRICTED
45 RESTRICTED
exchanges. Any Failure to give detail breakdown shall be treated as
“noncompliance”.
13.2.3 The Inverters shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and audible alarm
facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “major deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned above clause/ sub clauses (15.2) ,noncompliance by
the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical deviation”.
13.3 Battery
13.3.1 The offer shall include necessary battery sets to be installed at central site and
ONU to provide back‐up DC power source to run the system during AC mains
failure. The Bidder in his offer shall use the detail breakdown of its DC power
requirement, as given by him in the bid offer. The site‐wise calculation for
minimum capacity requirement of the battery shall be as follows:
13.3.2 The Batteries shall be industrial type, sealed, dry‐charged, maintenance free
locally/foreign manufactured from well reputed firm,. The abnormal fall in
terminal voltage shall generate visual and audible alarm facilities and required
alarm loops to the exchange OMM shall be connected. The minimum life‐cycle of
the batteries must be 1500 times full‐discharge or at least 2(Two) years,
whichever is longer. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Critical
deviation”.
13.3.3 In order to protect the exchange equipment as well as the battery in case of
dropping of the DC voltage below a certain level, the rectifier connection to the
battery sets must be provided with a device for disconnecting the battery sets as
soon as such levels arrive.
13.3.4 Provisions must be available to detect the battery‐voltage and other parameters
from the exchange.The abnormal fall in terminal voltage should generate visual
and audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM .
13.3.5 All of the exposed parts of the terminals in each cell of the battery‐sets will be
provided with adequate oxidation‐proof covers.
13.3.6 Provisions shall be provided in the battery‐room for an inter‐locked exhaust‐fan
which will turn‐on whenever any of the battery sets goes into boost‐charge
RESTRICTED
46 RESTRICTED
mode. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of “Major deviation”.
13.3.7 Provisions shall be made for adequate acid‐proof tiles in the places of battery
mounting.
13.3.8 The charging‐current at 08 hrs charging rate for the battery sets, as supplied shall
be carried‐over to calculation for rectifier requirement.
13.3.9 The battery bank should consist2-12V battery .
Any non‐compliance/deviation shall be treated as “Major deviation”.
13.4 Rectifier
13.4.1 The offer shall include necessary rectifier modules at Central location and ONU to
provide DC power source to run the system and to charge the back‐up batteries.
The system should be modular basis (min 60 Amp per rectifier module) with
single unit input, scalable with inserting required modules of appropriate amp
rating without any designed change.The Bidder in his offer shall give a detail
breakdown of its DC power requirement and the charging current for the back‐up
batteries at 08 hrscharging rate. Noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty
of “Critical deviation”.
13.4.2 The Rectifiers shall be electronic switch‐mode type with automatic redundancy
control and charging control functions. The control panel shall provide visual and
audible alarm facilities and required alarm loops to the exchange OMM.
13.4.3 Each of the rectifiers shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC & DC
side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and the
load.
13.4.4 The Rectifier Rack (or Frame) shall be provided with circuit‐breakers (both in AC &
DC side) of adequate capacity and shall allow full isolation from the source and
the load. If the all of the rectifiers are taken‐out of service, provisions shall be
there for automatic diversion of the load to battery.
13.4.5
13.5
The rectifier rack shall contain one or more DC distribution panel consisting of circuit‐breakers of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 50A capacity. The number of such breakers shall be such that it will be at least 100% redundant from the quantity destined to be used for the present capacity of the switch in site.
FOR RECTIFIER, INVERTER Only: The conditions mentioned in the technical specification at Ch-2, para 2.2.3, 2.2.4 , 2.2.5, 2.13, Ch-13 or any other place in the body of the whole document about the country of origin, country of manufacturer, country of assembly , Pre and Post shipment Inspection, Port of shipment and existing mode of payment by DGDP are to be adhered to
OR, a. Rectifier, Inverter and GSM Gateway are to be from the listed countries and may be
RESTRICTED
47 RESTRICTED
delivered locally. b. During PSI, above mentioned items (minimum single set ) must be inspected and tested with the complete system in the manufacturer’s premises and to be fully functional.
c. In the Tender document, OEM must be submit a certificate mentioning that the items are manufactured from “XXX” countries and are fully compatible with the offered soft Switch PABX.
d. Payment and Inspection of above mentioned items may be in line with the local items. Any deviation mentioned above in para 2.33 (a-c) will be treated as “critical deviation”.
13.6 Generator. Generator will be installed at headquarter location only. Details are given
at annexure J. Bidder will supply necessary cable and associated equipment for installation
and operation of the Generator. Non compliance will be treated as Critical Deviation.
Unless otherwise mentioned above,noncompliance by the bidder will earn penalty of
“Major deviation”.
13.7 Earthing.
13.7.1 Earthing to be done in central point and all nodes. The requirement for Earthing
includes the following:
a. Earthing of Switching Equipment and PABX.
b. Earthing of MDF and IDF.
c. Supply and Equipment’s.
13.7.2 The earth resistance should be less than 01 ohms at dry weather condition for
the above mentioned systems/subsystems.
13.7.3 Necessary survey to access the requirement of civil works for making the
complete Earthing System should be carried out.
13.7.4 Material used for making the Earthing System should bear necessary standard
technical qualification.
13.7.5 A diagram showing the details of earthing to be submitted with tender
document.
13.7.6 Earthing System is shown in Power and Earthing Diagram.
13..8 The calculation and complete power backup system including Generator for the IP
Softswitch PABX should be certified by the OEM in the official PAD that the backup power system is
fully compatible with their offered solution
All above mentioned deviation will “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
48 RESTRICTED
Rectifier (n+1) PABX Rack 3 Phase AC
Source
48V
DC Battery Bank 48 V
(This battery should
charge from rectifier)
Inverter
220V
AC
Server PoE S/W Operator
Console
at central
location
NMC
Computera
t central
location
IDF
MDF
Earthing 1 Earthing 2
Core
S/W
POWER& EARTHING DIAGRAM
Note: Power calculation should be base on final capacity of the central site and ONU.
RESTRICTED
49 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XIV
REQUIREMENT FOR INSTALLATION AND TESTING SERVICE Installation
14.1 The supplier shall carry out installation of switching system and all other related equipment as per finally agreed Bill of Quantity in proposed places by observing standard practice of installation and as per approved plan of Armed Forces Division/AHQ, GS Br, Signals Directorate.
14.2 All cabling and wiring must be of proper size and well protected against mutual interference and short circuit protection of any category. The supplier must do all works related to proper earthing for protection of switching equipment and all other associated equipment of the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM site. Interconnection of Primary Cable and Tip Cable, Jumper Cable connectivity between MDF and IDF as well as IDF and Switching System will be done by the Supplier.
14.3 All civil works related to the installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM must be completed by the Supplier. The Client will provide space/room for installation of the equipment. Supplier should give specification of the room required for installation of SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM.
14.4 All the Fiber Optic Infrastructure will be supplied by Bangladesh Army.
Tests and Certificates
14.5 Demonstration
14.5.1 The bidder should arrange a demonstration of the offered system/ similar system installed at Dhaka during technical evaluation.
14.5.2 Following items/parameters need to be tested:
a. Offered Analogue / IP phones b. Remote survivability of the ONUs incase the main server fails. c. Hot standby server. d. Analog , IP trunk ,SIP Trunk and E1 connectivity. e. Features of the Analog and IP Telephone. f. Required service features as mentioned in Chapter-6 para 6.4 of the tech spec.
14.5.3 Basing on the parameters to be tested, the vendor will plan the hardware requirement for demonstration. 14.6 Stage Inspection.
a. The supplier has to arrange Stage inspection for 05 (five) Officers/Non Commissioned Officer/Civil Technician/Reps of ITD Dte belonging to the Corps of Signals
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
RESTRICTED
50 RESTRICTED
of Bangladesh Army for 10 (ten) working days excluding the journey period at factory premises of manufacturing plant for the offered product at the cost of Bangladesh Side. During Stage Inspection following items (not limited to this list) will be inspected in the production line:
(1) Main call processing server cards/hardware (2) Analogue and digital line cards (3) Media gateways (4) Main power supply modules (5) Chasis for the hardware( 1U-7U chasis as applicable ) (6) LAN Switches (7) GSM Gateways (8) Analog and IP phones assembly line etc .
b. Following certificates(bidder may include more if they have ) must be submitted to the team during the stage inspection:
(1) ISO Certificates for manufacturing of PCBA and box builds of electronics. (2) ISO Certificate on Quality Management System (3) Generic Process Flow Chart of Card Production. (4) Product Quality Control Plan. (5) Certificate of manufacture stating the year of production. (6) EU Declaration of conformity. (7) Country of origin (8) Spare parts Availability Certificate.
c. Cost of stage inspection (International air fare, food and accommodation) to be borne by Bangladesh side. The bidder side should provide internal transportation (air/road/rail/sea), emergency medical treatment (if required) and all other facilities required for the inspection team for smooth conducting of inspection.
d. The bidder shall inform Bangladesh Army at least 08 (eight) weeks before the date of the stage inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
e. All the necessary facilities, consumable and non-consumable items, tools, stages, instrument and any other item required for operational test/internal support including the arrangement for entry into the country and concerned area for the stage inspection team are to be arranged by the bidder. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
f. During inspection of the offered product inspection “Joint Stage Inspection Report” shall be signed by both the parties at the place of inspection. Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
g. Required number of competent Interpreters (if the country of assembly is not English speaking country) have to be arranged by the bidder for stage inspection team. They should be competent enough to interpret the technical terms (as applicable). Noncompliance to this clause will be treated as Major deviation.
RESTRICTED
51 RESTRICTED
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.7 Pre shipment / Factory Level Inspection and Testing.
a. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out by a team of Bangladesh Army consisting of minimum 05 (five) members for a duration of minimum 10 (ten) working days (excluding journey period) at the cost of purchaser in the country of manufacture. The supplier should inform the date of pre-shipment inspection at least 08 to 15 weeks before. b. Pre-shipment inspection will be carried out at Assembly/manufacturer premises. All necessary facilities needed for pre-shipment inspection and operational test( Complete system to be powered on to test the technical specification asked ) are to be arranged by the supplier without any extra cost. All types of movement/transportation (air/sea/road/rail) of the team within the country/concerned area for the pre-shipment inspection are also to be arranged by the supplier at their cost.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
14.8 Post Shipment Inspection.
The stores on being received at the consignee’s end will be inspected by Inspectorate of Electronics and Instruments (IE&I), Dhaka Cantonment or authorized representative and any article found to be contrary and not in accordance with the contract will be processed as per the existing rules of IE&I. At the time of inspection, the Supplier or their local representative shall remain present. The inspectorate will issue Final Inspection Report within one month after receipt of Final Acceptance Certificate issued by the Board of Officer (BofO) formed by Sigs Directorate. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
14.9 Provisional Acceptance Test (PAT).
Supplier shall carry out PAT in presence of and under the direction of BofO. The details are as follows:
a. Visual Inspection
Visual inspection shall comprise the checkup of quantities of equipment and materials supplied in the contract documents and the checkup of quality of workmanship.
b. Switching Function Test
Switching Function Test shall comprise the checkup of the function and performance of Switching System on any specified items according to the requirements in the Technical Specifications.
c. Call through Performance Test
RESTRICTED
52 RESTRICTED
Call through Performance Test shall ensure performance figures of Switching System in the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM, such as failure rate and switching loss, are within the target performance criteria submitted by the Supplier. This test shall be performed by means of loading artificial calls on Switching System under both normal and overload conditions.
d. SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test
SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM Service Test shall ensure the service requirement, such as service restriction, other service features etc. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
e. Test Result
Supplier shall submit two copies of Supplier’s test results of the Switching System and its related facilities to the BofO not less than two weeks prior to the commencement of the PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
f. Test Equipment
Supplier shall provide and retain all necessary test equipment and tools at the site till the completion of PAT. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
g. Other Tests
The BofO preserves the right to perform any test for the Switching System and its related facilities by the Supplier upon request. Supplier shall carry out a supplementary test for Switching System and its related facilities during PAT.
h. Visual and Functional/Technical Test
Tests need to be conducted for all supplied items prior to the issuance of Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC).
i. Acceptance Test Report
The BofO shall submit two copies of Acceptance Test Report as per the supplier’s product test result to the IE&I within two weeks after completion of the test. Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.9 Provisional Acceptance Certificate (PAC)
PAC will be issued when Purchaser and Supplier agree in writing on the followings: a. That the installed equipment and materials comply with the Technical
Specification.
RESTRICTED
53 RESTRICTED
b. That the Installation, Networking and Testing Services including cutover service
and PAT have been completed. c. That Maintenance Spare Parts, Consumable Items, Tools and Testers have been
supplied. d. That all the documents, drawings and manuals have been supplied. e. That all training specified has been completed.Noncompliance to the above sub clause will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.10 Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC)
FAC will be issued by BofO after twelve weeks of the issuing of PAC, provided the BofO and Supplier agree in writing the followings: a. All equipment/accessories which were partially/completely damaged/out of
service after issuance of the PAC are replaced by the new ones. b. That the installed equipment, spares and all other accessories are in completely
functional condition.
Unless otherwise mentioned, any noncompliance to the above sub clauses will be treated as “Critical Deviation”. 14.11 Issue of I/ Note
I/Note will be given by IE&I after receiving final acceptance certificate (FAC) issued by B of O.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
54 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XV
REQUIREMENT OF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT
15.1 Maintenance support during Guarantee Period. Warranty period will start after issuing FAC. Warranty period will be for minimum 01 (one) year which range from date of issuing FAC to next one year.
15.1.1 The contractor should offer the required spare list during the guarantee period which
will be taken into consideration during the financial evaluation. The Contractor shall provide the following maintenance supports during the whole Warranty/Guarantee Period of the Contract:
15.1.2 The supports shall start from the date of cutover into active service of the first
equipment/ system purchased under this contract. This includes employment of manpower, requirement of spares, replacement of faulty systems/subsystems and any other requirements that demands to make the SOFT SWITCH SYSTEM fully functional one.
15.1.3 The service shall cover full trouble‐shooting and corrective maintenance support for all
equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.1.4 For providing this service, the contractor shall start an office at BUSMS Cantonment,
within 10 (ten) days of putting the first equipment into commercial service. The office space will be provided by the purchaser; however, other facilities should be borne by the bidder. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.5 The Contractor shall submit the detail bio‐data of all the personnel of the team to
SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP at least 15 (fifteen) days before intended start of the services and obtain necessary approval of personnel. The Contractor shall submit the contact details of the approved personnel including mobile and fixed telephone numbers, email addresses and escalation hierarchy in terms of number of hours. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.6 The contractor shall be responsible for all types of expenditure to be borne for his
manpower, including office, overhead, all modes of transportation etc. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7 The services to be provided (but not limited to) shall be : 15.1.7.1 The supplier has to detail a System Engineer qualified on the supplied system in writing
who would remain available at BUSMSall through the warranty period for any requirement. The aforesaid Engineer should have enough knowledge on the relevant system to effectively solve all operation and maintenance problems. He must also have required experience of providing such support on the supplied system. SSC, RangpurCantonment would arrange for their accommodation at the site. The Supplier would provide transportation and food for the engineer. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.2 Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period.
RESTRICTED
55 RESTRICTED
15.1.7.3 Regular and required replenishment & updating of the spare & accessories inventory. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.4 Periodic and Regular checks on the performance of the systems to ensure that they are
running in good condition and are not susceptible to any major fault. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.5 Transfer of technology to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel to enable them to
become self-sufficient in fault finding and fault removal. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.6 Short on‐the‐job training to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel as and where and
when necessary. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.7 Trouble‐shoot and debug any faults occurring in the equipment/ system within the
time‐period specified in the contract. 15.1.7.8 Identify the faulty elements in installation of the system and take actions for
rectification. 15.1.7.9 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in subsequent re‐installation, re‐location
of different network elements and other minor works, whenever and wherever desired by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.10 Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSCpersonnel in identifying the Key Performance
Indicators of the system and take corrective actions for network optimization. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.7.11 Help and advice SSC, Rangpur personnel to properly maintain O&M & CDR data bases
and Management of CDRs. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.7.12 Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware
upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8 The format of the support services to be given by the contractor shall be as follows : 15.1.8.1 Engineer detail by the second party( The contractor) shall regularly visit the relevant
system sites and carry out regular health‐checks of the systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.1.8.2 All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports.
Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. 15.1.8.3 The personnel of the second party (the supplier), on being informed by the first party,
will attend to any fault of any or many equipment at any or multiple sites. Normally, the second party will send its technical personnel to site within 30 mins after reporting of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or on weekly holidays, the response time can be extended up to04 (four) hours. On abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party.
RESTRICTED
56 RESTRICTED
15.1.9 The procedures for removal of faults shall be as follows: 15.1.9.1 If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant
equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 02 (two) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.2 If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party
shall change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 4 (four) hours from the reporting of the fault.
15.1.9.3 For any delay beyond 08 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose
financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.4 If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to
terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the second party as per discretion of the first party.
15.1.9.5 The second party shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares
& accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics. However, SSCwill provide the storage space for the relevant inventory & personnel.
Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2 Service support during the AMC period: 15.2.1 The details of the support services shall be agreed upon between the contractor and
Signal Base workshop, Dhaka cantonment before expiry of the Warranty/ Performance Guarantee period of the contract. Contractor should quote the spare list for the AMC for next one year period also. It will be considered for the financial evaluation.
15.2.2 The minimum period of the services shall be for 1 (one) year and shall be renewable on
per year basis for next 10 (Ten) years. The unit prices and other terms and conditions of the services shall be fixed on mutual agreement between the contractor and SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP but the maximum price per year will not exceed the quoted yearly service charge.
15.2.3 The support services shall start from the next day of the date of expiry of the
performance guarantee period of the contract. 15.2.4 The service shall cover full on‐demand trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective
maintenance support for all equipment and sites covered by this purchase. 15.2.5 The service shall include 24 hrs per day x 7 days per week x 52 weeks per year “Phone-in
support desk” service to be located in Dhaka.
RESTRICTED
57 RESTRICTED
15.2.6 The service shall also include “On Demand” and “As and when necessary” on‐site personnel support (local and/ or expatriate, as the requirement may be) to provide trouble‐shooting, debugging and other corrective maintenance services.
15.2.7 All personnel of the phone‐in support desk must have proper training and must have
prior experience in Trouble‐shooting, De‐bugging, Operation and Maintenance of the relevant systems. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
15.2.8 The services to be provided shall also include (but not limited to) :
a. Equipping and maintaining an inventory of emergency spares and accessories in Dhaka at a premise mutually agreed upon with SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. The inventory, at all time, shall include at least 1 (one) unit of replace spares/ cards/ modules. b. Replacement of faulty cards/ modules/ equipment/ system within the specified time period. c. Regularly inform SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC of all types of Software and Hardware upgrades of the equipment/ system and suggest actions to be taken by SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. d. Assist SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP/SSC personnel in planning expansion activities. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. e. Guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). f. Guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 5 (five) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC). g. Guarantee that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production (of spares and/ or equipment needed for expansion), the contractor will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions.
Any deviation of the above requirements, except otherwise mentioned, shall be treated as “Critical
Deviation”.
15.2.9 The format of the support services to be delivered to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP (first
party) by the contractor (second party) shall be as follows:
a. On occurrence of any fault to any or many system/ equipment supplied to SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP’s network under the contract, the representative(s) of the first party shall inform the liaison office/ personnel of the second party, over telephone, of such fault. b. All such reports will be logged by both parties, mentioning the time of such reports. Noncompliance will be treated as “Major Deviation”. c. If the relevant fault can not be removed by assistance from the phone‐in desk, the first party will inform the liaison personnel over telephone of such non‐removal of
RESTRICTED
58 RESTRICTED
fault. In such cases, the second party shall arrange to attend to the fault by sending its technical personnel to site within 06 (six) hours after reporting of the non‐removal of the fault. If the fault is reported after 20:00 Hrs or during holidays, the response time can be extended up to 06 (four) hours. In abnormal cases and for occurrences in long holidays, the maximum allowable response time period shall be 08 (eight) hours from the time of report of fault by the first party. e. If the fault can not be removed by the assistance of contractor’s local office, the contractor shall arrange necessary expert personnel within the time period specified in the contract. f. If the fault removal involves changing of spares/ cards/ modules, such changes will be made from the local inventory within 4 (four) hours of detection of such requirement.
15.2.10 The fault removal deadline shall be as follows:
a. If the fault is of minor nature and has not caused any stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party will rectify the fault within 06 (six) hours from the time of reporting of the fault.
b. If the fault has caused stoppage of service by the relevant equipment, the second party shall arrange to change the faulty unit from its reserve stock and take away the faulty unit for subsequent repair. Such replacement will be done within 6 (six) hours from the reporting of the fault. c. If the removal of fault involves assistance of expert personnel, such personnel shall be made available within 08 (Eight) hours of detection of such requirement. d. If the removal of fault involves import of any additional spares/ cards/ modules which is not in the ready stock, the contractor shall fulfill all requirements at its own costs and make the relevant item(s) available in site within 15 (fifteen) days of detection of such requirement. e. For cases where removal of fault involves phone‐in and/ or local efforts only, for any delay in beyond 03 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the second party. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of the first party. f. For cases where removal of fault involves expert personnel, for any delay in beyond 10 hours, the first party shall preserve the right to impose financial penalty on the contractor. Such penalty shall be as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP. g. If such delays become regular phenomenon, the first party shall have the right to terminate the contract and impose financial penalty on the contractor as per discretion of SIGNAL BASE WORKSHOP.
15.2.11 The contractor shall bear all costs related to such services, including costs for spares & accessories, personnel, transportation, equipment and logistics.
The clauses/ sub clauses, unless otherwise mentioned in 17.2, noncompliance will be treated as “Critical Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
59 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVI
REQR OF TRG DETAILS FOR PABX
Ser Nomen-
clature
Qty Nature
of Trg
Dura-
tion
No of
Stud-
ents
Reqr of
Eqpt/Trg
Aids
(Free of
Cost)
TrgReqr Rm
k
1. IP/ Soft
Switch
and
GSM
Gatewa
y PABX
07 A. Use &
Ops Trg
(Local)
03
wks
20
a. Slides,
CD/ video
Cassette,
CCT diag,
Block diag
and
Trouble
Shooting
chart of the
fol sys to
be
provided
by the
supplier as
trg aids.
For Local Trg:
1. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
2. Syllabus has to be approved before commencement of
the trg by Signal Directorate. Fol Topics has to be incl in
the trg syllabus:
a. Installation of and operation of the
system
b. Programming the system
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. Repair as per repair manual.
3. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
4. Local Trg to be conducted by the qual/ experienced
instructors (foreign and local where foreign instructors
are preferred) to be provided Free of Cost by the
supplier. However, cost of trg in details to be mentioned
separately. Qual/experiences of the instructors to be
submitted to Sigs Dte before commencement of the trg.
5. After completion of Local Trg, a cert to be provided
by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning
the performance of the trainees and their level of
expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
b. At
Factory
lvl and
Modular
lvlRrepai
r,
MaintTrg
and
Trouble
Shooting
(Foreign)
02
wks
10 For Foreign Trg:
1. At Factory lvl and Modular lvlRrepair, MaintTrg and
Trouble Shooting trg to be provided.
2. 80% of the cl has to be practical.
3. The trg syllabus should incl the fol:
a. Installation and operation of the
system
b. Programming of the system.
b. Probable fault likely to be dev.
c. Fault finding and trouble shooting.
d. .
e. Maint procedure.
4. Practical use of Owners manual, Repair Manual and
Spare Parts Catalogue to be shown to the trainees.
5. After completion of Foreign Trg, a cert to be provided by the Manufacturer Company to this dte mentioning the performance of the trainees and their level of expertise attained after the trg/course on the eqpt.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
60 RESTRICTED
CHAPTER-XVII
CRITERIA FOR EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS
17.1 Notwithstanding whatever is stated in other clauses of the tender documents, the criteria for evaluation of substantial responsiveness of the received Technical bids of this tender shall be according to clauses described in this chapter of the tender document. If any bidder refuses to agree to any clauses of this chapter, his bid shall automatically be considered as “substantially non responsive” and IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) has the prerogative to disqualify his technical offer. In this chapter Bid(s) shall mean “Technical Bid(s)”.
17.2 However, relevant clause(s) stated elsewhere in this document shall also be applicable if such
clause(s) do(es) not contradict any or many clause(s) of this chapter. 17.3 The TEC represented by Board of officers (formed by AHQ, GS Br, SigsDte) will first
evaluate/examine the contents of all supplied documents of each Bid as asked by the tender. 17.4 Bidder who will not give any or many of the required documents as mentioned in Chapter 1 and
2, TEC shall consider that bid to be “not eligible” and have the prerogative to reject the concerned bid.
17.5 TEC shall further evaluate only the bids of the Bidders whose bids will be found “Eligible”. 17.6 During evaluation, TEC shall consider bidders’ compliances to various clauses and sub‐clauses of
this tender; but shall have the authority to conclude its own decision about such compliances. 17.7 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.8 If the bidder puts any condition to his compliance to any of the tender clauses and/ or
sub‐clauses, its' compliance shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.9 If the bidder does not give any statement to its compliance to any of the tender clauses or
sub‐clauses or drops any clause or sub‐clause in the “Schedule of Compliance”, its' compliance to that clause/ sub‐clause (as applicable) shall be treated as “not complied” to that particular clause/ sub‐clause.
17.10 TEC shall also consider the contents of various attached documents. If any content of the
attached documents contradicts the compliance statement of the bidder to any of the clauses and/ or sub‐clauses, the bid shall be treated as “noncompliance” to that particular clause and/ or sub‐clause.
17.11 If, in answer to any query by TEC, the bidder provides any or many clarifications to its bid, TEC
shall consider those clarifications. However, if such clarifications contradict the relevant statements given in his original offer, the clarification(s) shall be disregarded.
17.12 During evaluation process, if the Bidder proposes to change the equipment model, to supply
shortfall quantities, and to supply the proper size/capacity/configuration item without additional
RESTRICTED
61 RESTRICTED
cost, to overcome the deviation in the submitted bid that proposal shall not exempt the bid from the penalty points to be earned for the deviations as per relevant clauses.
17.13 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “minor deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “minor deviation” in this tender document.
b. Any clause/sub clause which is not termed as “Critical” or “Major” Deviation. c. Every item of “minor deviation” shall earn a score of 0.5 (point five) “penalty point”.
17.14 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “major deviation” of the bid:
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “major deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bid BoQ has any shortage of quantity in any of the required hardware and/or software (for each of such short quoted item) unless otherwise specified in the tender. c. If, for any Bidder, the bid does not contain all the prescribed forms and not duly filled up as instructed in the tender document. d. If the Bidder changes either the language or format of any of the different Forms attached with this document.
17.15 Any item of “major deviation” shall earn a score of 04(four) “penalty points”. 17.16 The following deviations of any offer will be treated as “Critical Deviation” of the bid :
a. Any deviation which has already been termed as “Critical deviation” in this tender document. b. If the bidder refuses to provide answers to any requested clarification(s). c. If any Certificate or any other document attached as part of the bid is found to be false or unauthentic.
17.17 Any item of “Critical Deviation” shall earn a score of 40 (fourty) “penalty points”. 17.18 The penalty points earned by each bid will be added to get total penalty points. If the bid of any
bidder earns more than 39 (Thirty nine) penalty points in Total, the bid shall be treated as “technically non responsive”.
17.19 AHQ, MGO’s Br (ITD Dte), CI, IE&I’s decision (duly recommended by BofO) to treat any bid as
“technically non responsive” shall be final. 17.20 A bid, not treated by IE&I (with due consultation with BofO) as “technically non responsive”,
shall automatically be considered as “responsive”. The financial envelope of the responsive bids shall be opened and process for evaluating financially shall begin.
RESTRICTED
62 RESTRICTED
17.21 The bid(s) treated as “substantially non responsive” shall not be considered for further evaluation.
17.22 The “Financial Offer” of the “Substantially Non‐Responsive” bid will be returned unopened to
the bidder. 17.23 The “Financial Offer” of the Substantial Responsive bids shall be opened on a pre-notified date
and time in the presence of the bidders or their representatives who wish to attend. Unless otherwise mentioned all deviation of above requirements will be treated as “Major Deviation”.
:: End of Chapter::
RESTRICTED
63 RESTRICTED
Annex A FORMAT OF SCHEDULE OF COMPLIANCES
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
RESTRICTED
64 RESTRICTED
Annex-B
EQUIPMENT ELIGIBILITYCERTIFICATE
(Bidder may expand the list for mentioning all major sub-components of the system)
Ser Name of Item Model Number and Name
Manufacturer's Name
Manufacturer's Address, Website & Fax
Country of Origin
A Mandatory Items
A.1 Softswitch
A.2 Server
A.3 Distribution Switch
A.4 Access Switch
A.5 SBC
A.6 POE switch
A.7 GSM Gate way
A.8 Rectifier
A.9 Inverter
A.10 IP Phones
A.11 Analogue Phones
A.12 Generator
A.13 Media Gateway
B Optional Items (If Any)
RESTRICTED
65 RESTRICTED
Annex C
Bond for Expansion Whereas, we, ………………………(name and address of the bidder)……….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, BSMUS CANTONMENT”and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee for future expansion capability and possibility of the switching system offered by us in our bid. We, therefore, give an unconditional guarantee that, we will guarantee the flow and availability of all equipment, materials and services required for any subsequent expansion of the offered equipment for at least 10 (ten) yearsfrom the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all additional costs related to provision of alternate solutions. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
RESTRICTED
66 RESTRICTED
Annex D
LIST OF DEVIATION(S)
Reference of Tender Document
Compliance Reference to bidder's document Remarks (if any)
Chapter Clause Agreed/Not Agreed
Volume
Chapter
Item
Page
RESTRICTED
67 RESTRICTED
Annex-E
BOQ
Ser No. Description Quantity
A. Central Site/Division Headquarter
1. Central Site/Division Headquarter Soft switch hardware with relevant accessories and software
(200 Analog + 100 IP Tel expandable to 300 Analogue + 300 IP Tel) IP Trunk (SIP) -50 Channel Expandable 100 Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
2. Redundant hardware and software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
3. Conference Server/Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4. Required Hardware and software lincese for UCC (150 for minimum two device per lincese) To be mentioned
5. Voice Mail server/ Module
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
6. Session border controller (SBC) built in or separate
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
RESTRICTED
68 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
7. Distribution switch layer-3 (1)
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
8. 24 port PoE switch
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
9 Soft switch software Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
10. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension) As necessary
11. Analog Extensions Card Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
12. STM-1 and E1 Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
13. Analog Trunk Cards Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
14. GSM Gateway with at least 8 GSM Port Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
15. PC for PC based Operator Console with 24" Monitor, PC for O&M Terminal and Call billing with 24" monitor Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Description
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
69 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
16. PC Based Operator Console Software and License
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
17. IP Phone based Operator Console
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
18. O&M Software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
19. Call billing software
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
20. Heavy duty printer Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
21. Rectifier : N+1 Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
22. Battery (12V, cell 8 hr. backup)(Maintenance free) Capacity: 200AH Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
23. Generator Capacity : 25-40 KVA Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentrioned
RESTRICTED
70 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
24. Inverter :N+1 Capacity : 10KW Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
25. IDF Frame with surge protector (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned) Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
26. MDF Modules Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned(Lo
cal Item)
27. Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be
mentioned
(Local Item)
28. Back upPower Generator Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Foreign Item
supplied in
line with the
local Item
29 Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job(Local
Item)
30. One year license Antivirus(Kaspersky) Single PC
Year of Manufacturer: 2018
05 No
(Local Items)
B. ONU at Block B area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
( 50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue + 100 IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
71 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software(if any)
Embedded
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
6.
Battery ,12V cell 8 hr. backup)
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter : N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8. IDF Frame with surge protector Modules(Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned, Origin: To be mentioned )
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
72 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
9.
MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendaryear of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11. Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job
(local Item)
C. ONU at Block C area ( Gateway with integrated Survival Server)
(50 Analog + 50 IP Tel expandable up to 100 Analogue +100IP Tel)
1. Media Gateway Chassis (for necessary Trunk Co line and Analog extension
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
2.
Survivability feature Card/server Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
3. FXO/FXS Card
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
4.
Necessary Software (if any) To be mentioned
5.
Rectifier :N+1
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
73 RESTRICTED
Ser No. Description Quantity
6.
Maintenance Free Battery,12V cell, 8 hr. backup
Capacity: 150AH
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
7.
Inverter : N+1
Capacity : 1.5KW
Origin: To be mentioned (Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
8.
IDF Frame with surge protector Modules (Surge Protector Brand: To be mentioned, Model: To be mentioned Origin: To be mentioned)
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
9. MDF Modules
Origin: To be mentioned
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
10.
Necessary Rack for IDF and MDF
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned
Brand : To be mentioned
Model: To be mentioned
Type: To be mentioned
Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
To be mentioned
(Local Item)
11.
Earthling(<01 Ohms) for Switching Equipment, Signaling, MDF, Power Plant 01 Job (Local Item)
RESTRICTED
74 RESTRICTED
D. Phones
1. Analog Phone Type 1,
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list)
Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
Qty-300 Nos
{Price to be quoted
as optional}
2. Executive IP Phones, Qty-45 Nos
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract.
45Nos
3. High Executive IP Phones, Qty-05 Nos
Origin: To be mentioned(Any of the countries from within the country of Origin list) Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than thecalendar year of contract.
05Nos
E. Other Items
1. 19” Server Rack(42U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
01 No
(Local Item)
2. 19” Server Rack(32U) for Switching equipment
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
03 Nos
(Local Item)
3. 1.5 Ton Split Type Air Conditioner with complete Installation
(General or equivalent)
Origin: To be mentioned Make : To be mentioned Brand : To be mentioned Model: To be mentioned Type: To be mentioned Year of Production: Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
08 Sets
(Local Item)
4. Cable Tester 04 Nos(Local Item)
5. Jumper Scrapper 03 Nos(Local Item)
6. Cable Cutter 04 Nos(Local Item)
7. Lineman tools 05 Sets(Local Item)
8. Punch Tool for MDF 04 Nos(Local Item)
RESTRICTED
75 RESTRICTED
Central Location
Remote Location/ONU
Annex F
Diagram-1 : The Overview of Network Architecture
Note:
1. Headquarters/Central Location (A), Distant ONUs-B,C,D.
2. All remote location/ONUs will be same architecture with Fiber Ring topology.
Core Switch (1+1)
Call Server Main
Call Server Standby
SIP Trunk/ GSM Gateway
SBC
Firewall
CO Trunk
BTCL E1
Others PABX E1
Analog Phone
IP Phone PC Based
Operator
Console
Maintenance
and Call
accounting
PC/Server
IDF MDF
PABX
Module
Rack
Survivable Branch Module
Fiber Cable Distribution Switch (PoE)
Analog Phone
IDF MDF
IP Phone
Internet
Distribution Switch (PoE)
PABX
RACK
RESTRICTED
76 RESTRICTED
Annex G
Guarantee for Spare Parts
Whereas, we, …………………(name and address of the bidder)………………….., are submitting our bid “SUPPLY, INSTALL, TEST AND COMMISSION OF IP BASED SOFT SWITCH PABX FOR 08 E1+20 CO LINE+08 GSM GATEWAY+500 SUBSCRIBER LINE EXPANDABLE UPTO 8 E1 +20 CO LINE +8 GSM GATEWAY +1000 SUBSCRIBER LINE FOR 66 INFANTRY DIVISION, BSMUS CANTONMENT” and whereas we understand that as per conditions set in the said tender document, DGDP is in need of a guarantee of continuous supply of spare parts of the equipment we have quoted. We, therefore, guarantee the flow and availability of all spare parts and units without major design changes for at least 10 (ten) years from the issuance of Final Acceptance Certificate (FAC) and that, if there is any major design change or stoppage of production, we will bear all the costs related to provision of alternate solutions. We give further unconditional guarantee that, we will supply all necessary spare parts, software, services, maintenance support and consumables to be used during installation, testing & commissioning and operation of the systems, up to the end of “Performance Guarantee Period” at our own cost. Dated___________________________ Day of ____________________ 20 ______.
Signature and seal
Duly authorized to sign for and on behalf of _______________________________
APPEND IX 1
RESTRICTED
77 RESTRICTED
ANNEX-J
TECH SPEC OF GENERATOR 25 - 40 KVA COMPLETE
Ser Gen Description Spec
Gen Spec:
1. Nomenclature Generator minimum 25 -40 KVA
2. Name of Manufacturer/ Marker To be mentioned
3. Model To be mentioned
4. Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
5. Country of Manufacturer and
Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
6. Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
7. Dimension:
Overall Length, Width & Height
(canopied)
To be mentioned
8. Weight:
a. Overall weight (Canopied)
without Trailer
To be mentioned
b. Overall weight (Canopied)
with Trailer
To be mentioned
9. Output of the Generator
a. Prime Minimum 30 KVA
b. Stand by To be mentioned
10.
Working condition:
a. Operation Generator set to be able to sustain 12 hours continuous operation per
day at prime load. Overload of 10% to be sustained for 1 hour in every 12
hours operation. Standby (maximum) power to be available at variable
load in the event of main power network failure.
b. Noise The Generator must have noise suppression system and able to operate
in the open and in all weather condition
c. Canopy Should be made of steel having corrosive resistance paint and should be
able to attenuate sound up to db 90 at 1 meter having lockable louvers,
doors. Glass windows for monitoring the meters to be provided. Colour-
MB Green (British Colour Code no BS381 223)
d. Transportation The generator must have all provisions for transporting it by vehicle.
Required number of hooks to be provided in required of the frame of
generator so that it can be lifted by crane. Number of hooks to be
RESTRICTED
78 RESTRICTED
mentioned.
e. Mounting The generator to be mounted on its base with anti-vibration mounting.
f. Starting System Self starter with auto provision
g. Safety feature The Generator must have shutdown facility with sound warning against
over voltage, over current, over load, low/high oil pressure over
temperature etc.
h. Overall Efficiency To be mentioned (To be compatible between engine and alternator)
11.
Engine:
(a) Model To be mentioned
(b) Name of
Manufacturer/ Maker
To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany,
France, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway,
Switzerland, Spain, Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type of Engine 4 stroke Diesel Engine
(g) Number of Cylinders To be mentioned
(h) Capability Prime power available at variable load with a load factor not exceeding
80% of prime power rating. Over load of 10% is permitted for 1 hour in
every 12 hours operation.
(j) Bore/Stroke To be mentioned
(k) Piston Displacement To be mentioned
(l) Compression Ratio To be mentioned
(m) Output power (KW)
with RPM
To be mentioned
(n) Cooling System Liquid Cooling
(p) Turbo charger (if
available)
To be mentioned
(q) Specific Fuel
Consumption Liters/ hour at
full load
To be mentioned
(r) Starting Voltage 12/24 Volt DC, AH of starting Bty 70AH.
(s) Engine Alternator Capacity to be mentioned (Volt, Amp, KW). Self battery charging by
engine driven
(t) Engine Efficiency To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
79 RESTRICTED
Ser Gen Description Spec
(u) Weight of Engine To be mentioned
(v) Fuel Tank Capacity To be mentioned (should be compatible for minimum 12 hours continuous
operations)
(w) Self Starter To be mentioned
(x) Battery Charging
Facilities
Self battery charging by engine driven dynamo/alternator
12. Alternator (Generator):
(a) Name of
Manufacturer
To be mentioned
(b) Model To be mentioned
(c) Country of Origin USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(d) Country of
Manufacturer and Assembly
USA, Canada, UK, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, France,
Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Netherlands, Sweden, Norway, Switzerland, Spain,
Japan, Australia, Turkey, South Korea.
(e) Year of Production Not earlier than the calendar year of contract
(f) Type To be mentioned
(g) Rated prime output
(KVA/KW)
To be mentioned
(h) Rated output voltage 220V AC Single phase and / or 380-440 V AC 3 Phases (Specific voltage
to be mentioned)
(j) Frequency 50 Hz
(k) No of Phase & wire 3 Phases 4 Wiresand /or Single Phase 2 wire
(l) Power Factor (Cos
Ø)
Not less than 0.8
(m) Enclosure SPDP
(n) Ventilation To be mentioned
(p) Insulation Class To be mentioned
(q) Voltage Regulation To be mentioned
(r) RPM To be mentioned
(s) Efficiency 85%(Minimum)
(t) AVR To be available (Brief description to be provided)
(u) Weight of Alternator To be mentioned
RESTRICTED
80 RESTRICTED
Ser Gen Description Spec
13. Control Panel:
(a) Meter & Gauges Facility for displaying Volt, Ampere, Frequency, % of Fuel in Tank, Oil
pressure, Running/Operating Hour. Water Temperature, KVA, KW, RPM,
pfMeteretc to be provided in digital system. Must be easily visible by the
operator. All alarm and data logging system should be available.
(b) Switches Start & stop Key/push button with auto starter provision
14. Cables & Terminals 25 Meter of flexible type std/adequate size (RM to be mentioned), 3
phases with neutral power cable to be provided with each Generator with
cable plugs/ lugs at the delivery end & adequate size power plugs/lugs at
the generator end/Out let.
15. Tool kits A complete set of tool kits to be provided with each set of Generator (List
to be submitted)
16. Books & Publications
a. Operational/User Manual
in English
To b provided
b. Repair Manual in English To b provided
c. 100% Parts Catalogue in
English
To b provided
d. 100% Price list of
Catalogue in English
To b provided
e. A list of fast and slow
moving spares (with unit price
of 5% of FOB value) In
English
To b provided along with the offer
17. Special Service Tools (SST)
and Special Service
Materials(SSM)
To be provided (if reqr)
18. Provision of spare supply for
15 years
To be confirmed by the manufacturer/principal
19. After sale service (Repair and
Maintenance facilities)
Minimum 10(ten) years, One year free warranty/guarantee and another
09(nine) years warranty with payment.
20. Any other If any item not specified in the above mentioned technical specification but
required for full range of operation, the bidder should specify and quote
such item in their offer. In case of failure to specify and quote , the bidder
must provide such items free of cost